Skip to main content

Full text of "Brackenridge's Journal of a voyage up the river Missouri in 1811;"

See other formats


il       ! 


itiiii 

III;!: 


iiSii 


1     !  i  " 


llililiiiiii^' 


ir: 


11     '"i'l, 


i 


I    I     lii' 


I!  ''i:!:u  1 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/brackenridgesjouOObracrich 


1 8  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

in  many  ways  supplements  the  accounts  of  Lewis  and  Clark. 
His  ethnological  distinctions  are  less  minute;  but  his  remarks 
upon  the  polity,  slavery,  marriage,  warfare,  and  religion  of 
the  natives  west  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  are  worthy  of 
attention.  His  skill  in  Indian  languages,  as  well  as  long 
residence  in  the  country,  gave  him  unusual  opportunity  for 
acquiring  valuable  information  of  every  sort.  At  the  pres- 
ent time,  when  we  are  celebrating  the  close  of  a  century 
after  the  expedition  of  Lewis  and  Clark,  the  reprinting  of 
this  journal  of  one  who  followed  closely  on  their  footsteps, 
is  of  peculiar  importance. 

As  in  the  previous  volumes  of  the  series,  Louise  Phelps 
Kellogg,  Ph.  D.,  has  given  valuable  assistance  in  the  prepa- 
ration of  notes;  and  some  further  aid  has  been  received 
from  Edith  Kathryn  Lyle,  Ph.  D.,  and  Homer  C.  Hockett, 
B.A. 

R.  G.  T. 

Madison,  Wis.,  July,  1904. 


Brackeniodge's  Journal  of  a  Voyage  up  the  River 
Missouri  in  i8ii 


Reprint  of  the  second  edition  (Baltimore,  1816).    Parts  I,  II,  and  IV 
of  the  Appendix  are  here  omitted,  as  irrelevant. 


JOURNAL 


OF 

A  VOYAGE 

VV  THE  aiTER  MISBOUBIb 

rSftVOBMBD 

ur  BroHTBSir  hvitdbed  and  EL&vzir» 

BY  H.  M.  BRACKENRIDGE,  E»a. 
SECOND  EDITION, 

Btvised  and  'Enlarged  by  the  ^Author, 


BALTIMORE: 

PVBXISaSD  BY  COAXE  AND  MAXVSIXy 

<i^  (A£  Ueading  Rooms,  JVb.  204  .Variice/  street 

Tomeny  U  Toy,  priaten. 
1816. 


DISTRICT  OF  MARYLAND,  To  wit: 

BE  IT  REMEMBERED,  that  on  this  eighth  day  of  December,  in 
the  fortieth  year  of  the  Independence  of  the  United  States 

[Seal]     of  America,  Coale  &  Maxwell,  of  the  said  District,  have 

deposited   in    this   Office,  the  Title  of  a  Book,  the  right 

whereof  they  claim  as  Proprietors,  in  the  words  and  figures  following, 

to  wit: 

"Journal  of  a  Voyage  up  the  River  Missouri;  performed  in  eighteen 

hundred  and  eleven,  by  H.  M.  Brackenridge,  Esq.,  second  edition, 

revised  and  enlarged  by  the  author." 

In  conformity  to  the  Act  of  the  Congress  of  the  United  States, 
entitled,  "An  Act  for  the  encouragement  of  Learning,  by  securing  the 
copies  of  Maps,  Charts,  and  Books,  to  the  Authors  and  Proprietors  of 
such  copies,  during  the  times  therein  mentioned;"  and  also  to  the  Act 
entitled,  "An  act  supplementary  to  an  Act,  entitled,  'An  Act  for  the 
encouragement  of  Learning,  by  securing  the  copies  of  Maps,  Charts, 
and  Books,  to  the  authors  and  Proprietors  of  such  copies  during  the 
times  therein  mentioned,'  and  extending  the  benefits  thereof  to  the  arts 
of  Designing,  Engraving,  and  Etching  historical  and  other  prints.  *  * 

PHILIP  MOORE, 
Clerk  oj  the  District  of  Maryland. 


PREFACE 

The  following  is  the  Journal  of  a  voyage,  of  four  or  five 
months,  on  the  Missouri  river,  beyond  the  settlements. 
The  voyage  was  undertaken  in  the  spirit  of  adventure, 
which  characterises  so  many  of  our  countrymen,  and  with 
little  or  no  expectation  of  profit  or  advantage.  The  accounts 
received  from  different  persons  had  greatly  excited  my 
curiosity.  The  conversation  of  Manuel  Lisa,  a  man  of  an 
ardent  and  enterprising  character,  and  one  of  the  most  cele- 
brated of  those  who  traverse  the  Indian  country,  had  in- 
flamed my  mind  with  the  desire  of  attempting  something  of 
a  similar  nature.  I  set  off  with  the  intention  of  making  a 
summer  excursion,  as  a  simple  hunter,  unprovided  with  the 
means  of  making  mathematical  observations,  but  little  [iv] 
acquainted  with  any  of  the  branches  of  natural  history,  and 
without  once  imagining  that  I  should  ever  publish  the  result 
of  my  observations.  Afterwards,  having  published  a  vol- 
ume, under  the  title  of  "Views  of  Louisiana,"  the  present 
Journal  was  placed  in  the  appendix.  But  having  been  at 
first  written  in  a  loose  and  careless  manner,  the  style,  I  fear, 
notwithstanding  the  corrections  it  has  undergone,  still 
retains  too  much  of  its  original  defect.  There  are  certainly 
many  things  which  might  be  omitted;  there  are  also  topics, 
which  the  reader  will  be  disappointed  in  finding  untouched : 
to  this,  I  must  answer,  that  having  already  entered  into  a 
variety  of  details,  in  something  like  a  regular  and  syste- 
matic work,  it  would  be  improper  to  repeat  them  here. 

The  author  aims  at  no  higher  ambition,  than  to  afford 
some  amusement  to  his  fellow-citizens,  by  a  simple  detail  of 
the  incidents  of  his  tour.     On  one  subject,  however,  he 


24  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

hopes  this  little  volume  will  not  be  useless  to  the  public; 
that  is,  in  conveying  something  like  an  exact  idea  of  the 
extent  to  which  the  immense  regions  west  of  the  Mississippi 
are  susceptible  of  population.  This  is  a  consideration  [v] 
to  the  statesman  of  no  small  moment.  In  developing  the 
resources  of  a  great  empire,  destined  in  twenty-five  years 
hence,  to  contain  twenty  millions  of  souls,  a  correct  estimate 
of  the  amount  of  its  habitable  territory  is  surely  not  unim- 
portant. It  is  with  this  view  chiefly,  that  I  have  been  in- 
duced to  publish  this  Journal  in  a  separate  volume,  as  in 
this  way  it  will  have  a  tendency  to  produce  a  more  general 
acquaintance  with  a  portion  of  our  country,  so  vast  in 
extent  and  so  interesting  in  its  character. 


CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  I 

Motives  of  the  voyage  —  Set  off  from  St.  Charles  —  Navigation 

of  the  Missouri  —  A  militia  captain      .        -        -        _  ay 

CHAPTER  n 

Try  our  sails  with  success  —  Account  of  an  extraordinary 
female  maniac  —  Adventure  of  the  she-bear  —  Arrival  at 
Fort  Osage  —  Gain  considerably  on  Hunt      -        -        -  40 

CHAPTER  m 

Orison  of  the  Osages  —  Discontents  in  our  party  —  News  of 

Hunt  —  An  excursion  —  Arrival  at  the  river  Platte  -  61 

CHAPTER  IV 

Council  Bluffs  —  Blackbird  Hills  —  Maha  villages  —  Disap- 
pointment in  not  overtaking  Hunt  —  Floyd's  bluff    -        -  77 

CHAPTER  V 

Frightful  rapids  —  News  of  Mr.  Henry  —  A  buffaloe  —  The 

Poncas  —  Meet  the  Sioux  —  Overtake  Mr.  Hunt     -        -  87 

CHAPTER  VI 

Messrs.  Bradbury  and  Nuttal  —  An  excursion  —  Rupture  be- 
tween the  leaders  of  our  parties  —  Arrival  at  the  Arikara 
villages    -- --        100 

[viii]       CHAPTER  VII 

Arikara  villages  —  An  alarm  in  the  village  —  Manners  and 

customs  ---._.---        114 

CHAPTER  VIII 

Proceed  to  the  Mandan  villages  —  A  buffaloe  hunt  —  Arrival 

at  the  Mandan  villages    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        132 


26  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

CHAPTER  DC 
Mandan  villages  —  Return  to  Ankara  —  Scene  after  a  battle  -        138 

CHAPTER  X 

Set  off  to  return  —  Battle  of  buffaloes  —  Fort  Clark  —  Arrival 

at  St.  Louis _._-        146 

APPENDIX 

Extract  from  the  Views  of  Louisiana        -        -        -        -        -        153 
[Table  of  distances,  from  the  mouth  of  the  Missouri  to  the  Man- 
dan  Villages]    ---------        164 


BRACKENRIDGE'S  JOURNAL 

CHAPTER  I^ 

Motives  of  the  Voyage  —  Set  oflf  from  St.  Charles  —  Navi- 
gation of  the  Missouri  —  A  militia  captain. 

Before  the  memorable  expedition  of  Lewis  and  Clark, 
none  was  found  adventurous  enough  to  penetrate  that  exten- 
sive portion  of  our  continent,  more  than  a  few  hundred 
miles.  It  was  almost  as  little  known  to  us,  as  the  interior 
of  New  Holland,  or  the  deserts  of  Africa.  After  the  return 
of  those  celebrated  travellers,  several  Indian  traders  were 
induced  to  extend  the  sphere  of  their  enterprise,  and  one  of 
them,  Manuel  Lisa,  ascended  the  Missouri  almost  to  its 
source.  These  enterprising  individuals  meeting  with  consid- 
erable success,  a  trading  company  [2]  or  association  followed, 
under  the  name  of  The  Missouri  Fur  Company,  formed  in 
the  hope  of  carrying  on  this  business  more  extensively  than 
it  had  hitherto  been  practised,  and,  in  time,  of  rivalling  even 
the  British  associations  in  Canada.  The  company  was 
composed  of  twelve  persons,  with  a  capital  of  about  forty 
thousand  dollars.  A  small  sum  it  is  true,  but  as  much  as 
was  necessary  for  a  beginning.  The  company  engaged 
about  two  hundred  and  fifty  men,  Canadians  and  Americans; 

*  As  Brackenridge  followed  closely  upon  the  route  taken  by  Bradbury,  the 
author  of  the  Travels  published  as  vol.  v  of  our  series,  references  to  notes  in  the 
latter  will  for  the  most  part  be  made  at  the  beginning  of  each  chapter.  For  refer- 
ence to  Missoxiri  Fur  Company,  see  note  149  of  vol.  v;  Blackfeet  Indians,  note  120; 
Andrew  Henry,  note  124;  Manuel  Lisa,  note  64;  St.  Charles,  note  9;  Wilson  P. 
Hunt,  note  2;  Tavern  Rock,  note  12;  Point  I'Abbadie,  note  13;  La  Charette, 
note  15;  Potawatomi  Indians,  note  21. —  Ed. 


28  Karly  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

the  first  for  the  purpose  of  navigating  the  boats,  but  the 
latter  as  hunters:  for  it  was  their  intention  to  hunt  as  well 
as  trade.  In  the  spring  of  1808,  they  ascended  the  Missouri 
in  barges,  and  left  trading  establishments  in  the  Sioux 
country,  also  among  the  Arikaras  and  Mandans.  After  this 
they  proceeded  with  the  main  body  to  the  three  forks  of  the 
Missouri;  about  three  thousand  miles  from  its  source.  The 
junction  of  the  three  rivers,  Jefferson,  Madison,  and  Gal- 
latin, are  considered  as  forming  the  Missouri.  The  sur- 
rounding country,  when  compared  with  the  bare  plains  of 
the  Missouri,  may  be  called  woody,  and  from  its  situation 
is  weU  supplied  with  mountain  streams.  That  ingenious 
and  [3]  persecuted  little  animal,  the  beaver,  is  found  here  in 
great  numbers,  and  this  was  the  principal  inducement  for 
the  company  in  establishing  themselves  here.  But  it  is  not 
in  the  power  of  those  who  adventure  in  untried  paths,  to 
foresee  all  the  obstacles  which  lie  in  the  way.  It  is  seldom 
the  first  adventurer,  who  reaps  the  profits  derived  from 
opening  a  new  road  of  enterprise ;  it  is  some  one  who  follows 
him,  and  takes  warning  from  his  misfortunes.  The  country 
about  the  sources  of  the  Missouri,  forms  a  part  of  the  tract 
wandered  over  by  a  nation  of  Indians,  called  the  Blackjoot, 
a  ferocious  savage  race,  who  have  conceived  the  most  deadly 
hatred  to  the  Americans.  This  hatred  is  partly  owing  to  an 
unfortunate  rencontre  between  one  of  the  natives  and  cap- 
tain Lewis.  On  that  gentleman's  return  from  the  Columbia, 
in  pursuing  some  of  these  Indians  who  had  stolen  some 
articles  from  his  camp  he  killed  one  of  them  by  a  shot  from 
his  rifle.  Something  may  also  be  ascribed  to  the  instigation 
of  British  traders,  and  perhaps  to  the  jealousies  of  the 
Indians  themselves,  on  seeing  white  hunters  coming  to 
establish  themselves  in  their  country  and  to  destroy  the 
beaver.  However  this  may  be,  [4]  it  was  not  long  after  the 
establishment  of  the  company  and  their  building  a  fort, 


i8ii]  Brackenridge' s  Journal  29 

before  the  Blackfeet  commenced  hostilities.  A  hunting 
party  of  the  whites,  consisting  of  ten  or  twelve,  whilst  en- 
camped on  a  small  stream,  were  suddenly  attacked,  four  of 
them  killed  and  the  rest  escaped  with  difficulty.  It  was 
now  found  necessary  to  go  out  on  their  hunting  parties  in 
considerable  strength,  which  put  them  to  great  inconven- 
ience, and  rendered  their  success  in  hunting  of  little  or  no 
account;  they  were  besides  subject  to  frequent  attacks, 
which  harrassed  them  exceedingly.  Instead  of  three  hun- 
dred packs,  upon  which  they  might  have  calculated  had 
they  remained  unmolested,  they  hardly  procured  thirty  the 
first  year:  and  the  second  none  at  all.  The  party  was  re- 
duced to  about  sixty  persons,  by  the  detachments  left  at  the 
different  trading  establishments  below,  and  by  persons  sent 
off  with  such  furs  as  had  been  collected:  add  to  this,  about 
twenty  had  fallen  in  the  different  skirmishes  with  the 
Indians.  Mr.  Henry,  one  of  the  members  of  the  company, 
who  had  the  command  of  the  party,  finding  his  situation 
extremely  precarious,  crossed  the  Rocky  Mountains,  and 
established  [5]  himself  on  one  of  the  branches  of  the  Colum- 
bia, where  he  remained  until  the  spring  of  181 1,  the  period 
at  which  I  ascended  the  Missouri. 

In  the  mean  time  the  establishments  at  the  Mandan  and 
Arikara  nations  brought  no  profit,  and  at  the  Sioux  estab- 
lishment, after  collecting  buffaloe  robes  and  beaver  fur  to 
the  amount  of  fifteen  or  twenty  thousand  dollars,  the  factory 
took  fire  and  the  whole  was  burnt.  It  was  now  a  prevailing 
opinion  that  the  affairs  of  the  company  were  completely 
ruined.  Beside  their  losses  it  was  not  known  at  this  time 
what  had  become  of  Mr.  Henry  and  his  party,  who  had  not 
been  heard  of  for  more  than  a  year.  In  this  state  of  things, 
it  was  resolved,  in  the  spring  of  181 1,  to  make  one  more 
effort,  and  if  possible  retrieve  their  losses.  It  was  moreover 
considered  as  a  duty  to  carry  relief  to  their  distressed  com- 


30  Biarly  Western  Travels  [Vd.  6 

panions,  and  bring  them  home.  Manuel  Lisa  was  chosen 
to  undertake  this  arduous  task.  A  man  of  a  bold  and  daring 
character,  with  an  energy  and  spirit  of  enterprise  like  that 
of  Cortez  or  Pizarro.  There  is  no  one  better  acquainted 
with  the  Indian  character  and  trade,  and  few  are  his  equals 
in  [6]  persevering  indefatigable  industry.  Possessed  of  an 
ardent  mind  and  of  a  frame  capable  of  sustaining  every 
hardship.  It  would  have  been  difficult  for  the  company  to 
have  found  a  person  better  qualified  for  this  enterprise.  I 
believe  there  are  few  persons  so  completely  master  of  the 
secret  of  doing  much  in  a  short  space  of  time;  which  does 
not  consist  so  much  in  any  great  exertion,  as  in  the  strict 
observance  of  that  economy  which  requires  every  moment 
to  be  turned  to  advantage.  I  feel  a  pleasure  in  bestowing 
this  just  praise  on  Mr.  Lisa,  whose  kindness  and  friendship 
I  experienced  in  so  great  a  degree  in  the  course  of  the  voyage, 
and  for  the  entertainment  I  have  received  at  his  hospitable 
board  at  St.  Louis.  Unfortunately,  however,  from  what 
cause  I  know  not,  the  majority  of  the  members  of  the  com- 
pany have  not  the  confidence  in  Mr.  Lisa  which  he  so  justly 
merits;  but,  on  this  occasion,  he  was  entrusted  with  the  sole 
direction  of  their  affairs  from  necessity,  as  the  most  proper 
person  to  conduct  an  expedition  which  appeared  so  little 
short  of  desperate.  The  funds  of  the  company  were  at  so 
low  an  ebb,  that  it  was  with  some  difficulty  a  barge  of  [7] 
twenty  tons  could  be  fitted  out  with  merchandise  to  the 
amount  of  a  few  thousand  dollars,  and  a  patron'  procured. 
The  members  were  unwilling  to  stake  their  private  credit 
where  prospects  were  so  little  flattering.  This  was  also  the 
last  year  appointed  for  the  continuance  of  the  association, 
and  there  was  no  certainty  of  its  being  renewed. 

With  respect  to  myself,  I  must  own  to  the  reader,  that  I 
had  no  other  motive  for  undertaking  a  tour  of  several  thou- 

'  Patron,  a  fresh  water  sailing-master. —  Brackenkidge. 


i8ii]  Brackenridge* s  yournal  31 

sand  miles,  through  regions  but  seldom  marked  even  by  the 
wandering  footsteps  of  the  savage,  than  what  he  will  term 
an  idle  curiosity:  and  I  must  confess  that  I  might  have  em- 
ployed my  time  more  beneficially  to  myself,  and  more  use- 
fully to  the  community.  Would  that  I  were  able  to  make 
some  amends,  by  describing  the  many  interesting  objects 
which  I  witnessed,  in  such  a  manner,  as  to  enable  the  reader 
to  participate  in  the  agreeable  parts  of  my  peregrinations. 

We  sat  off  from  the  village  of  St.  Charles,  on  Tuesday, 
the  2d  of  April,  181 1,  with  delightful  weather.  The  flood 
of  March,  which  [8]  immediately  succeeds  the  breaking  up 
of  the  ice,  had  begun  to  subside,  yet  the  water  was  still  high. 
Our  barge  was  the  best  that  ever  ascended  this  river,  and 
manned  with  twenty  stout  oars-men.  Mr.  Lisa,  who  had 
been  a  sea-captain,  took  much  pains  in  rigging  his  boat  with 
a  good  mast,  and  main  and  top-sail;  these  being  great  helps 
in  the  navigation  of  this  river.  Our  equipage  is  chiefly  com- 
posed of  young  men,  though  several  have  already  made  a 
voyage  to  the  upper  Missouri,  of  which  they  are  exceedingly 
proud,  and  on  that  account  claim  a  kind  of  precedence  over 
the  rest  of  the  crew.  We  are  in  all,  twenty-five  men,  and 
completely  prepared  for  defence.  There  is,  besides,  a 
swivel  on  the  bow  of  the  boat,  which,  in  case  of  attack, 
would  make  a  formidable  appearance;  we  have  also  two 
brass  blunderbusses  in  the  cabin,  one  over  my  birth,  and 
the  other  over  that  of  Mr.  Lisa.  These  precautions  were 
absolutely  necessary  from  the  hostility  of  the  Sioux  bands, 
who,  of  late  had  committed  several  murders  and  robberies 
on  the  whites,  and  manifested  such  a  disposition  that  it  was 
believed  impossible  for  us  to  pass  through  their  country. 
The  greater  part  [9]  of  the  merchandise,  which  consisted  of 
strouding,  blankets,  lead,  tobacco,  knifes,  guns,  beads,  &c., 
was  concealed  in  a  false  cabin,  ingeniously  contrived  for  the 
purpose;  in  this  way  presenting  as  little  as  possible  to  tempt 


3  2  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

the  savages.  But  we  hoped,  that  as  this  was  not  the  season 
for  the  wandering  tribes  to  come  on  the  river,  the  autumn 
being  the  usual  time,  we  might  pass  by  unnoticed.  Mr. 
Wilson  P.  Hunt  had  set  ofiE  with  a  large  party  about  twenty- 
three  days  before  us,  on  his  way  to  the  Columbia,  we 
anxiously  hoped  to  overtake  him  before  he  entered  the  Sioux 
nation ;  for  this  purpose  it  was  resolved  to  strain  every  nerve, 
as  upon  it,  in  a  great  measure  depended  the  safety  of  our 
voyage. 

Having  proceeded  a  few  miles  above  St.  Charles,  we  put 
to  shore,  some  of  our  men  still  remaining  at  the  village.  It 
is  exceedingly  difficult  to  make  a  start  on  these  voyages, 
from  the  reluctance  of  the  men  to  terminate  the  frolic  with 
their  friends,  which  usually  precedes  their  departure.  They 
set  in  to  drinking  and  carousing,  and  it  is  impossible  to  col- 
lect them  on  board.  Sometimes  they  make  their  carousals 
at  the  expense  of  the  Bourgeois:  [lo]  they  are  credited  by 
the  tavern  keeper,  who  knows  that  their  employer  will  be 
compelled  to  pay,  to  prevent  the  delay  of  the  voyage.  Many 
vexatious  abuses  are  practised  in  these  cases.  It  was  found 
impossible  to  proceed  any  farther  this  evening  —  the  men  in 
high  glee  from  the  liquor  they  had  drank  before  starting: 
they  were  therefore  permitted  to  take  their  swing. 

We  had  on  board  a  Frenchman  named  Charboneau,  with 
his  wife,  an  Indian  woman  of  the  Snake  nation,  both  of 
whom  had  accompanied  Lewis  and  Clark  to  the  Pacific, 
and  were  of  great  service.'    The  woman,  a  good  creature, 

'  Toussaint  Charbonneau  had  been  an  employe  (1793-94)  of  the  North  West 
Company,  at  Pine  Fort  on  the  Assiniboin.  About  1796  he  came  among  the  Mini- 
taree  (Hidasta)  on  Knife  River,  living  at  their  central  village,  Metaharta.  Lewis 
and  Clark  found  him  among  the  Mandan,  with  whom  they  wintered  (180405). 
They  engaged  him  as  an  interpreter  for  their  detachment.  His  chief  qualifiication 
for  that  service  was  that  he  had  for  his  squaw  a  yovmg  woman  of  the  Shoshoni  (or 
Snake)  tribe,  who  some  five  years  previous,  when  a  child,  had  been  captured  by  a 
war  party  of  Minitaree.  Her  name  is  given  by  Lewis  and  Clark,  in  their  journals, 
both  as  Sacajawea  and  Sahgahjawea,  meaning  "bird  woman,"  but  modern  stu- 


i8ii]  Brackenridge's  youmal  33 

of  a  mild  and  gentle  disposition,  greatly  attached  to  the 
whites,  whose  manners  and  dress  she  tries  to  imitate,  but 
she  had  become  sickly,  and  longed  to  revisit  her  native 
country;  her  husband,  also,  who  had  spent  many  years 
among  the  Indians,  had  become  weary  of  a  civilized  life. 
So  true  it  is,  that  the  attachment  to  the  savage  state,  or  the 
state  of  nature,  (with  which  appellation  it  has  commonly 
been  dignified,)  is  much  stronger  than  to  that  of  civilization, 
with  all  its  comforts,  its  refinements,  and  its  security. 

[11]  The  next  day,  about  two  o'clock  in  the  afternoon, 
having  at  length  succeeded  in  getting  all  hands  on  board, 
we  proceeded  on  our  voyage.  Found  an  excessive  current, 
augmented  by  the  state  of  the  waters.  Having  come  about 
six  miles  encamped.  In  the  course  of  this  evening  had  as 
much  cause  to  admire  the  dexterity  of  our  Canadians  and 
Creoles,  as  I  had  before  to  condemn  their  frivolity.  I  be- 
lieve an  American  could  not  be  brought  to  support  with 
patience  the  fatiguing  labors  and  submission  which  these 
men  endure.  At  this  season,  when  the  water  is  exceedingly 
cold,  they  leap  in  without  a  moment's  hesitation.  Their 
food  consists  of  lied  com  homony*  for  breakfast,  a  slice  of 
fat  pork  and  biscuit  for  dinner,  and  a  pot  of  mush,  with  a 

dents  of  Indian  linguistics  state  that  the  proper  phonetic  spelling  is  Tsakikawea, 
Sakdkawea,  Sak^gawea,  or  Sacigawea  —  preferably  the  last.  The  place  of  her 
capture  was  Fort  Rock,  at  the  Three  Forks  of  the  Missouri  (Gallatin,  Jeflferson, 
and  Madison  rivers).  Sacajawea  —  as  she  has  come  to  be  known  in  historical 
accounts  —  and  her  infant  son  accompanied  Lewis  and  Clark  to  the  Pacific,  her 
services  proving  valuable  both  as  interpreter  and  guide.  Upon  the  return  journey, 
the  explorers  offered  to  take  Charbonneau  and  his  squaw  to  the  settlements,  but 
they  preferred  remaining  among  the  Mandan.  Charbonneau  was  seen  (1833)  in 
the  Minitaree  villages  by  Prince  Maximilien  (see  vols,  xxii,  xxiii,  and  xxiv  of  avx 
series).  Five  years  later  Larpenteur  encountered  him  in  the  same  region,  when 
he  speaks  of  him  as  an  old  man.  See  Coues  (ed.).  Forty  Years  a  Fur  Trader  on 
the  Upper  Missouri  (New  York,  1898).  This  is  the  last  known  of  Charbonneau. 
An  Indian  visiting  St.  Louis  in  1902,  claimed  to  be  a  great-grandson  of  Charbon- 
neau and  Sacajawea. —  Ed. 

*  "Lied  com"  is  that  from  which  the  skin  of  the  kernels  has  been  stripped  by 
the  use  of  lye;  sometimes  called  "hulled  com." —  Ed. 


34  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

pound  of  tallow  in  it,  for  supper.  Yet  this  is  better  than  the 
common  fare;  but  we  were  about  to  make  an  extraordinary- 
voyage,  and  the  additional  expense  was  not  regarded. 

During  the  night  we  were  completely  drenched  with  the 
rain;  the  bark  itself  in  a  bad  condition  in  the  morning. 
Weather  somewhat  cloudy  —  clearing  up.  A  short  distance 
from  our  encampment,  the  hills  approach  the  river  [12] 
N.  E.  side;  they  are  not  high,  but  rocky,  and  do  not  continue 
more  than  a  mile,  when  the  alluvion  again  commences. 
About  eight  a  fine  breeze  S.  E.  sailed  until  twelve  —  passed 
several  plantations  S.  W.  side.  The  bottoms  are  very 
extensive  on  the  lower  part  of  this  river,  the  banks  high,  far 
above  the  reach  of  inundation.  Timber,  principally  cotton 
wood;  a  few  of  the  trees  intermixed  with  it  are  beginning  to 
vegetate.  The  red-bud,  the  tree  which  blooms  earliest  in 
our  woods,  and  so  much  admired  by  those  who  descend  the 
Ohio,  early  in  the  spring,  appear,  in  a  few  places.  Passed 
an  island,  where  the  river  widens  considerably;  the  current 
rapid,  obliged  to  abandon  oars  and  poles,  and  take  the 
towing  line.  Above  the  island  the  bluffs  again  approach 
the  river;  there  is  a  brownish -colored  rock,  with  a  few  dwarf 
cedars  growing  on  the  top  and  in  the  clefts.  In  going  too 
near  the  shore,  we  had  the  misfortune  to  have  our  top-mast 
broken  by  the  projecting  limb  of  a  tree.  Encamped  some 
distance  above. 

This  evening  one  of  the  most  serene  and  beautiful  I  ever 
beheld,  and  the  calmness  of  the  water  in  unison  with  the 
cloudless  sky.  Several  [13]  deer,  which  I  descried  at  a  great 
distance,  stepping  through  the  shoals  which  separated  the 
smooth  sand  bars,  seemed  to  move  across  this  stilly  scene, 
like  the  shadows  of  the  phantasmagoria,  or  Ossian's  deer 
made  of  mist.  I  now  felt  that  we  had  entered  on  our  voyage 
in  earnest.  He  that  has  not  experienced  something  of  these 
solitary  voyages,  far  removed  from  the  haunts  of  civilization,. 


i8ii]  Brackenridge's  Journal  35 

can  scarcely  imagine  the  heaviness  which  at  the  moment  of 
departure  weighs  upon  the  heart.  We  all  looked  serious. 
I  could  see  that  some  of  our  poor  fellows  heaved  a  sigh  at 
the  prospect  before  them,  and  at  the  recollection  of  the  pleas- 
ant homes  which  they  had  left  behind  in  the  hopes  of  gaining 
a  little  money;  perhaps  to  support  a  wife  and  children.  A 
fire  was  kindled  on  the  bank,  the  pot  of  mush  and  homony 
were  prepared :  and  after  their  frugal  repast,  wrapping  them- 
selves up  in  their  buffaloe  robes  and  blankets,  they  soon  for- 
got their  woes  in  sleep. —  I  observed  on  the  sand  bars,  a  kind 
of  scaffold,  ten  or  fifteen  feet  in  height,  which  I  was  informed 
was  erected  by  the  neighbouring  settlers  for  the  purpose  of 
shooting  the  deer  by  moon-light;  these  usually  come  out  of 
the  [14]  thickets  at  this  time,  to  avoid  the  moschetoes  and  to 
sport  on  the  smooth  beach:  the  hunter  ascends  the  scaffold, 
and  remains  until  the  deer  approaches.  Came  this  day 
about  twenty  miles;  navigation  comparatively  easy. 

Friday  ^ih.  Wind  S.  E.  this  morning,  enabling  us  to  set 
off  under  sail  —  continued  until  ten,  when  it  forsook  us. 
Passed  several  plantations,  and  two  islands.  The  bluffs  dis- 
appear on  the  N.  E.  side,  and  are  seen  on  the  S.  W.  for  the 
first  time  since  our  leaving  St.  Charles.  They  rise  about 
two  hundred  feet,  and  are  faced  with  rock,  in  masses  sepa- 
rated by  soil  and  vegetation.  These  are  called  the  Tavern 
rocks,  from  the  circumstance  of  a  cave  in  one  of  them  afford- 
ing a  stopping  place  for  voyagers  ascending,  or  on  returning 
to  their  homes  after  a  long  absence.  The  Indians  seem  to 
have  had  some  veneration  for  the  spot,  as  it  is  tolerably  well 
scratched  over  with  their  rude  attempts  at  representing 
birds  and  beasts.  From  this  place,  through  a  long  reach,  or 
straight  part  of  the  river,  we  have  a  distant  view  of  the  ter- 
minating bluffs  N.  E.  side.  A  violent  storm  of  rain,  wind, 
and  thunder,  compelled  us  to  put  to  shore,  having  passed  a 
very  [15]  dangerous  and  difficult  place.    The  number  of 


3  6  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

trees  which  had  lately  fallen  into  the  river,  and  the  danger 
to  be  apprehended  from  others,  which  seemed  to  have  but 
a  slender  hold,  rendered  our  situation  extremely  disagreeable. 
Towards  evening  a  canoe  with  six  or  seven  men  passed  on 
the  other  side,  but  we  were  unable  to  distinguish  them.  At 
this  place  I  measured  a  cotton- wood  tree,  which  was  thirty- 
six  inches  in  circumference;  they  grow  larger  on  the  lower 
parts  of  this  river  than  perhaps  any  where  else  in  America. 
The  bluffs,  in  the  course  of  this  day  appeared  higher,  but 
not  so  abrupt  or  rocky. 

Saturday,  6th.  Having  passed  a  small  willow  island,  we 
foimd  ourselves  beyond  the  hills  on  the  S.  W.  side.  At  ii 
o'clock  the  wind  became  so  high  that  we  were  compelled  to 
stop,  as  it  blew  directly  down  the  river.  This  is  Boon's  set- 
tlement —  about  sixty  miles  from  St.  Charles.  A  number 
of  plantations  at  the  edge  of  the  bottom.®  The  wind  abated 
in  the  evening,  we  proceeded  a  few  miles  further  and  en- 
camped. 

Sunday  ph.  Water  rising.  Crossed  to  the  S.  W.  side, 
and  encountered  a  very  swift  current,  [i6]  at  the  head  of  a 
willow  island.  The  diificulty  of  this  navigation  is  not  easily 
described.  Made  Point  Labadie,  so  called  from  a  French 
trader,  who  formerly  wintered  here.  Forty  years  ago  this 
was  thought  a  distant  point  on  the  Missouri,  at  present  there 
are  tolerable  plantations  every  where  through  the  bottom. 
The  carcases  of  several  drowned  buffaloes  passed  by  us;  it 
is  said  that  an  unusual  number  of  them  have  been  drowned 
this  year  —  some  have  been  seen  floating  on  the  river  at 
St.  Louis.  Upwards  of  forty  were  counted  on  the  head  of 
an  island,  by  a  gentleman  who  lately  descended  the  river 

*  This  was  the  settlement  known  as  the  Femme  Osage,  made  by  the  sons  and 
several  friends  of  Daniel  Boone,  upon  land  granted  to  the  latter  (1795)  by  the 
Spanish  governor,  Don  Trudeau.  The  plantations  extended  for  several  miles 
along  the  Femme  Osage  Creek.  Bradbury  (see  vol.  v  of  o\ir  series)  met  Boone 
some  distance  farther  up  the  river. —  Ed. 


i8ii]  Brackenridge' s  yournal  37 

from  fort  Osage.  In  the  spring  of  the  year  great  numbers 
of.  these  animals  perish  in  attempting  to  pass  the  river  on  the 
ice,  which  at  this  season  is  easily  broken.  Immediately 
below  the  Point  Labadie  the  river  contracts  its  breadth,  and 
is  confined  to  a  channel  of  three  or  four  hundred  yards 
wide.  Passed  between  an  island  and  the  main  shore;  a 
very  narrow  channel,  but  the  current  and  distance  less. 
A  channel  of  this  sort  is  often  taken  in  preference,  and  it  is 
one  of  the  means  facilitating  the  ascending  of  this  uncom- 
monly rapid  river:  but  there  is  sometimes  danger  of  [17]  the 
upper  end  being  closed  with  logs  and  billets  of  wood  matted 
together,  as  it  turned  out  in  the  present  instance ;  fortunately 
for  us  after  the  labor  of  an  hour  we  were  able  to  remove  the 
obstacles,  else  we  should  have  been  compelled  to  return. 
Opposite  the  head  of  the  island  there  is  a  tolerable  log- 
house,  and  some  land  cleared;  the  tenant,  a  new-comer, 
with  a  wife  and  six  children,  had  nothing  to  give  or  sell. 
Here  the  banks  fall  in  very  much :  the  river  more  than  a  mile 
wide.  A  great  impediment  in  opening  lands  on  this  river 
is  the  dilapidation  of  the  banks,  which  immediately  ensue 
when  the  trees  are  cut  away,  from  the  current  acting  upon  a 
soil  of  a  texture  so  extremely  loose.  It  will  be  found  abso- 
lutely necessary  to  leave  the  trees  standing  on  the  borders  of 
the  river.  The  river  exceedingly  crooked  in  the  course  of 
this  day.  A  number  of  plantations  on  both  sides.  These 
usually  consist  of  a  few  acres  cleared,  on  the  borders 
of  the  river,  with  a  small  log  hut  or  cabin,  and  stables 
for  horses,  &c.  They  raise  a  little  Indian  com,  pumpions, 
potatoes,  and  a  few  vegetables.  But  they  have  abundance 
of  hogs  and  homed  cattle.  Having  made  about  fourteen  [18] 
miles,  we  put  to  shore,  after  passing  a  very  difficult  embar- 
ras.  This  word  requires  some  explanation.  Independently 
of  the  current  of  that  vast  volume  of  water  rolling  with 
great  impetuosity,  the  navigation  is  obstructed  by  various 


38  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

other  impediments.  At  the  distance  of  every  mile  or  two, 
and  frequently  at  smaller  intervals,  there  are  embarras,  or 
rafts,  formed  by  the  collection  of  trees  closely  matted,  and 
extending  from  twenty  to  thirty  yards.  The  current  vexed 
by  these  interruptions,  rushes  round  them  with  great  violence 
and  force.  We  may  now  judge  what  a  boat  encounters  in 
grappling  round  these  rafts.  When  the  oars  and  grappling 
hooks  were  found  insufficient,  the  towing  line  was  usually 
resorted  to  with  success.  There  is  not  only  difficulty  here, 
but  considerable  danger,  in  case  the  boat  should  swing 
round.  In  bends  where  the  banks  fall  in,  as  in  the  Missis- 
sippi, trees  lie  for  some  distance  out  in  the  river.  In  doub- 
ling points,  in  passing  sawyers,  difficulties  are  encountered. 
The  water  is  generally  too  deep  to  admit  of  poling;  it  would 
be  absolutely  impossible  to  stem  the  current  further  out 
than  a  few  yards;  the  boat  usually  passes  about  this  dis- 
tance from  [19]  the  bank.  Where  the  bank  has  not  been 
washed  steep,  which  is  most  usually  the  case,  and  the  ground 
newly  formed,  the  young  tree,  of  the  willow,  cotton- wood > 
&c.,  which  overhang  the  stream,  afford  much  assistance  in 
pulling  the  boat  along  with  the  hands. 

Monday  8th.  The  water  fell  last  night  as  much  as  it  had 
risen.  About  ten,  came  in  sight  of  a  little  village  N.  E.  side 
called  Charette.  There  are  about  thirty  families  here,  who 
hunt,  and  raise  a  little  com.  A  very  long  island  lies  in  the 
bend  in  which  this  village  is  situated.  About  this  island, 
passed  under  a  gentle  breeze,  some  very  handsome  bluffs, 
S.  W.  side  to  the  isle  aux  Boeujs;  they  are  about  one  hun- 
dred feet  high,  and  excepting  a  few  places  where  rocks 
appear,  covered  with  oak  and  other  timber.  At  this  place 
the  river  makes  a  considerable  bend.  Instead  of  taking  the 
main  channel,  we  entered  a  small  one  between  the  island 
and  the  shore,  which  will  shorten  the  distance;  the  current 
not  so  strong.    The  channel  is  about  fifty  yards  wide,  and 


i8ii]  Brackenridge's   'Journal  39 

very  handsome,  having  clean  even  banks,  and  resembling  a 
small  river.    It  is  about  four  miles  in  length. 

[20]  Through  all  these  islands,  and  on  the  Missouri  bot- 
toms, there  are  great  quantities  of  rushes,  commonly  called 
scrub  grass.'  They  grow  four  or  five  feet  high,  and  so  close, 
as  to  render  it  very  disagreeable,  as  well  as  difficult,  to  pass 
through  the  woods.  The  cattle  feed  upon  them  in  the  win- 
ter, answering  the  same  purpose  as  the  cane  on  the  Mis- 
sissippi. 

At  the  upper  end  of  the  isle  aux  Boeufs,  we  were  compelled 
about  five  o'clock  in  the  evening  to  put  to  shore,  on  account 
of  a  violent  storm,  which  continued  until  after  dark.  In  the 
badly  constructed  cabin  of  our  boat,  we  were  wet  to  the 
skin:  the  men  were  better  off  in  their  tents,  made  by  a 
blanket  stretched  over  twigs. 

We  have  been  accompanied  for  these  two  days  past,  by  a 
man  and  two  lads;  ascending  in  a  canoe.  This  evening 
they  encamped  close  by  us,  placing  the  canoe  under  cover 
of  our  boat.  Unsheltered,  except  by  the  trees  on  the  bank, 
and  a  ragged  quilt  drawn  over  a  couple  of  forks,  they  abode 
the  '^pelting  of  the  pitiless  storm,"  with  apparent  indiffer- 
ence. These  [21]  people  are  well  dressed  in  handsome 
home-made  cotton  cloth.  The  man  seemed  to  possess  no 
small  share  of  pride  and  self  importance,  which,  as  I  after- 
wards discovered,  arose  from  his  being  a  captain  of  militia. 
He  borrowed  a  kettle  from  us,  and  gave  it  to  one  of  his  boys. 
When  we  were  about  to  sit  down  to  supper  he  retired,  but 
returned  when  it  was  over;  when  asked,  why  he  had  not 
staid  to  do  us  the  honor  of  supping  with  us;  "I  thank  you 
gentlemen,"  said  he,  licking  his  lips  with  satisfaction,  "I 
have  just  been  eating  an  excellent  supper."  He  had 
scarcely  spoken,  when  the  patron  came  to  inform  Mr.  Lisa, 
the  boys  were  begging  him  for  a  biscuit,  as  they  had  eaten 

•  This  is  the  case  for  several  hundred  miles  up  the  Missouri. —  Brackeneidge. 


40  ^arly  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

nothing  for  two  days!  our  visitant  was  somewhat  discon- 
certed, but  passed  it  off  with  "poh!  I'm  sure  they  can't  be 
suffering!" 

He  resides  on  the  Gasconade;  his  was  the  second  family 
which  settled  in  that  quarter  about  three  years  ago.  He  has 
at  present  about  two  hundred  and  fifty  men  on  his  muster 
roll.  We  were  entertained  by  him  with  a  long  story  of  his 
having  pursued  some  Pottawatomies,  who  had  committed 
robberies  on  the  settlements  some  time  last  summer;  he 
made  a  narrow  [22]  escape,  the  Indians  having  attacked  his 
party  in  the  night  time,  and  killed  four  of  his  men  after  a 
desperate  resistance.  The  captain  had  on  board  a  barrel 
of  whiskey  to  set  up  tavern  with,  a  bag  of  cotton  for  his  vsdfe 
to  spin,  and  a  couple  of  kittens,  for  the  purpose  of  augment- 
ing his  family:  these  kept  up  such  doleful  serenades  during 
the  night  that  I  was  scarcely  able  to  close  my  eyes. 

CHAPTER  II' 

Try  our  sails  with  success  —  Account  of  an  extraordinary 
female  maniac  —  Adventure  of  the  she-bear  —  Arrival  at 
Fort  Osage  —  Gain  considerably  on  Hunt. 

Early  the  next  morning  we  got  under  way  with  a  light 
breeze,  enabling  us  to  carry  sail  tolerably  well.  About  ten 
o'clock,  from  a  change  in  the  course  of  the  river,  it  was 
found  necessary  to  haul  down  the  sail.  On  turning  a  point 
we  found  the  wind  once  more  [23]  favorable,  and  blowing 
quite  fresh;  we  now  ascended  at  the  rate  of  four  miles  an 
hour.  The  captain  of  the  Gasconade,  who  had  thus  far 
kept  up  with  us,  was  now  left  far  behind.  We  passed  in 
the  course  of  the  day,  a  number  of  plantations  on  both  sides 

'  Notes  upon  the  following  subjects  mentioned  in  this  chapter  are  found  in 
Bradbuiy's  Travels,  vol.  v  of  our  series:  Isle  a  la  Latre  (Loutre  Island),  note  19; 
C6te  sans  Dessein,  note  20;  Manitou  rocks  and  Bonne  Femme  Creek,  note  23; 
Osage  Indians,  note  22;  Fort  Osage,  note  31;  George  Sibley,  note  36;  General 
Clark,  note  143;  Chief  White  Hair,  note  108. —  Ed. 


i8ii]  Brackenridge's  'Journal  41 

of  the  river.  We  also  passed  an  island  about  twelve  miles 
in  length,  called  isle  a  la  Latre,  which  is  separated  from  the 
northern  bank  by  a  very  narrow  channel.  There  is  a  com- 
pact settlement  on  this  island. 

In  the  evening  we  passed  the  Gasconade  river,  which 
enters  the  Missouri  from  the  S.  W.  side,  and  about  ninety 
miles  from  the  mouth  of  the  latter  river.  The  Gasconade  is 
a  considerable  stream,  takes  its  rise  with  the  Maramek  of 
the  Mississippi,  and  has  been  na\^gated  upwards  of  one 
hundred  miles  in  canoes,  but  its  channel  is  said  to  be  rocky. 
The  lands  on  its  borders  are  broken,  and  hUly,  and  badly 
wooded.  Salt  petre  caves  have  been  discovered  in  its 
vicinity,  and  there  is  no  doubt  that  lead  ore  may  be  found 
in  abundance.  Before  reaching  this  river,  we  passed  a  long 
range  of  bluffs,  or  low  hills,  well  covered  with  wood,  and 
terminating  at  the  entrance  of  the  river,  in  rocky  precipices: 
the  range  appears  again  on  the  [24]  other  side  of  the  Gasco- 
nade. The  Missouri  has  a  course  nearly  straight,  of  fifteen 
miles,  washing  the  hills  before  mentioned  the  whole  of 
this  distance.  The  experience  of  this  day  satisfied  me  of 
,the  efficacy  of  sails  in  this  navigation,  and  served  to 
lessen  in  my  estimation  the  difficulties  attending  it.  Our 
men  were  enabled  to  repose  themselves  while  we  were  carried 
through  places  more  difficult  than  any  we  had  seen  since 
our  leaving  St.  Charles.  Six  miles  above  the  Gasconade  we 
put  to  shore  and  encamped. 

The  vicinity  of  this  place  recalled  to  my  recollection  a 
curious  story  of  a  female  maniac,  who  is  said  to  be  wander- 
ing in  its  neighbourhood.  I  had  made  some  inquiries  of  the 
militia  captain,  who  told  me  she  had  once  come  to  his  canoe 
whilst  he  was  encamped  near  the  mouth  of  the  river,  and 
carried  away  some  provision  which  he  gave  her.  She  had 
been  frequently  seen  at  some  of  the  plantations,  but  could 
not  be  prevailed  upon  to  stay.    This  it  was  supposed  was 


42  Rarly  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

generally  during  more  lucid  intervals.  When  any  thing  was 
given  to  her,  such  as  food  or  clothing,  she  immediately  fled 
to  the  wilderness.  Her  attention  to  the  [25]  latter  article  I 
considered  as  somewhat  extraordinary,  as  unhappy  crea- 
tures of  this  description,  usually  manifest  a  total  disregard 
to  their  apparel.  None  could  tell  who  she  was,  or  whence 
she  came,  by  what  means  she  is  able  to  subsist,  or  how  with- 
stand the  winter's  cold ;  for  she  was  first  seen  more  than  two 
years  ago,  shortly  after  the  settlements  commenced.  I  had 
heard  the  story  at  St.  Louis,  but  regarded  it  as  fabulous. 
I  have  seen  an  account  of  a  female  who  was  found  in  the 
Pyrennees  under  circumstances  still  more  extraordinary.' 
[26]  Wednesday  loth.    We  experienced  heavy  rains  last 

'  The  circumstance  gave  rise  to  the  following:  — 
Lines  on  an  unfortunate  female  maniac,  seen  on  the  Missouri,  beyond  the  white 

settlements. 
What  strange  —  what  spectre  shape  art  thou, 

The  terror  of  this  savage  scene, 
That  glid'st  beneath  the  poplar  bough, 

With  looks  so  wild,  and  haggard  mien  ? 
Far,  far,  the  haunts  of  men  are  past, 
Mid  silent  hills,  and  lonely  woods, 
Where  Nature  rules  the  dreary  waste, 
Missouri,  pours  his  turbid  floods. 

Speak  —  whate'er  thou  art  declare  — 

The  spirit  of  the  gloomy  groves. 
Unreal  vision  of  the  air. 

Or  daughter  of  the  oozy  waves  ? 
And  yet,  that  loose  dishevell'd  hair. 

Those  rent  and  tatter' d  weeds,  betray 
A  human  form,  in  deep  despair, 

Some  wretched  child  of  misery. 

Ha !  the  sad,  the  silent  tear  — 

Mayhap,  some  lost  distracted  maid, 
By  anguish  torn,  pursued  by  fear. 

From  friends  and  dearest  home  hast  stray'd; 
Forlorn,  amid  these  dreary  shades, 

The  haunt  of  ev'ry  savage  thing, 
Where  death  on  ev'ry  side  invades, 

And  hope  no  more  may  comfort  bring? 


i8ii]  Brackenridge  s  Journal  43 

night.  This  morning  cloudy.  Crossed  to  the  bluffs,  N.  E. 
side,  which  are  high  and  rocky.  Early  this  morning  passed 
another,  resting  place  for  voyagers,  called  Montbrunt's 
tavern."  Shortly  after  we  encountered  the  most  difl5cult 
embarras,  (N.  E.  side,)  that  we  have  seen  since  the  com- 
mencement of  our  voyage.  After  passing  the  bluffs,  we 
found  extensive  low  lands  on  each  side  of  the  river.  The 
verdure  [27]  is  observed  to  be  rapidly  increasing;  the  smaller 
trees  and  the  shrubs,  are  dressed  out  in  the  livery  of  spring. 
The  yellowish  colour  of  the  water,  towards  the  S.  W.  bank, 
shews  that  the  Osage  is  paying  the  annual  tribute.  It  is  in 
this  month  that  its  floods  usually  happen.  Throughout  the 
whole  of  this  day  the  wind  was  against  us,  which  retarded 
our  progress  considerably.  Great  exertions  are  made  by 
Mr.  Lisa,  he  is  at  one  moment  at  the  helm,  at  another  with 
the  grappling  iron  at  the  bow,  and  often  with  a  pole,  assist- 
ing the  hands  in  impelling  the  barge  through  the  rapid  cur- 
rent. The  superiority  of  minds  is  seen  in  the  smallest  inci- 
dents; on  these  occasions  where  the  difficulties  appeared  to 

Lo !  see,  with  hollow  shriek  she  flies  — 

'Tis  the  poor  maniac  of  the  wild: 
Soon,  soon,  she  vanish'd  from  our  eyes, 

The  lost  —  the  heav'n  protected  child. — 
In  wonder,  long  the  shore  we  gaze. 

And  stiU  we  hear  the  piercing  cry  — 
Our  blood  still  curdles  with  amaze, 

As  when  red  lightning  flashes  nigh. 

Alas!  poor  hopeless,  phrenzied  maid, 

Who  has  thus  sadly  injur'd  thee  ? 
Perhaps,  by  falsehood's  tongue  betra/d, 

Or  stung  by  vip'rous  cruelty. 
Sad  maniac  of  the  wilderness, 

May  heav'n  still  in  safety  keep, 
And  when  thy  darken'd  ray  shall  pass, 
The  silent  grove  o'er  thee  will  weep. 

—  Brackenridge. 
'  Montbrun's  Tavern  was  a  large  cave  upon  the  north  bank  of  the  river,  just 
above  a  creek  of  the  same  name  —  that  of  an  early  French  trader.     It  is  now 
known  as  Big  Tavern  Creek,  in  Callaway  County. —  Ed. 


44  ^arly  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

the  rest  insurmountable,  the  presence  of  this  man,  his  voice, 
his  orders,  and  cheering  exclamations,  infused  new  energy, 
and  another  effort  was  crowned  with  success. 

Thursday,  nth.  A  fine  morning.  It  had  not  been  long 
after  setting  off,  before  we  found  the  current  so  strong  from 
the  waters  of  the  Osage,  that  we  were  compelled  to  cross  to 
an  island.  The  upland  on  the  N.  E.  side.  We  continued 
to  be  harrassed  on  this  side  of  the  river  through  the  day,  on 
account  of  the  different  [28]  embarras  and  falling  in  of  the 
banks.  We  ascended  principally  with  the  cordelle,  usually 
the  last  resort:  for  the  close  woods  and  brush  which  cover 
the  margin  of  the  river,  as  well  as  the  trees  and  logs,  along 
the  edge  of  the  water,  render  it  troublesome  for  the  men  to 
pass  along  with  the  towing  line.  This  is  a  fine  country;  the 
lands  are  extremely  rich,  and  covered  with  a  great  variety 
of  fine  trees,  chiefly  the  sycamore,  cotton  wood,  (populus 
deltoidos,)  ash,  oak,  &c.  We  stopped  a  few  moments  at  the 
cabin  of  an  old  Frenchman,  who  is  beginning  to  open  a  plan- 
tation, according  to  the  phraseology  of  the  western  country. 
In  company  with  Charboneau,  the  interpreter,  I  proceeded 
across  a  point  about  two  miles  to  the  village  of  Cote  sans 
Dessein,  where  we  arrived  nearly  three  hours  before  the 
barge.  In  coming  to  this  place,  we  passed  through  some 
open  woods,  and  some  good  lands.  To  our  eager  inquiries 
after  Mr.  Hunt,  we  were  told,  that  he  passed  here  about 
three  weeks  before.  Thus  far  we  have  gained  about  two 
days  upon  him. 

Friday,  12th.  Weather  fine  —  a  gentle  breeze  from  the 
S.  E.  We  found  it  necessary  to  remain  [29]  here  until 
eleven  o'clock,  while  our  cabin,  which  leaked  very  much, 
was  undergoing  a  repair.  It  was  constructed  of  light 
boards  elevated  on  the  sides  of  the  boat,  and  covered  with 
shingles  badly  put  on.  Mr.  Lisa  here  employed  a  famous 
hunter,  named  Castor,  a  Kansas  Indian,  who  had  been 


i8ii]  Brackenridge's  youmal  45 

much  amongst  the  whites,  and  spoke  French  well.  I  here 
-learned  the  cause  of  Lisa's  anxiety  to  overtake  the  party  of 
Hunt.  Lisa  was  apprehensive  that  Hunt  would  do  him 
some  ill  office  with  the  Sioux  bands;  that  in  order  to  secure 
his  own  passage  through  these,  he  would  represent  the  cir- 
cumstance of  their  own  trader  being  on  his  way  with  goods 
for  them.  Should  this  happen,  we  might  expect  to  be 
detained  in  the  country,  or  perhaps  robbed.  Besides,  we 
supposed  that  by  this  augmentation  of  Hunt's  party,  which 
consisted  of  about  eighty  men,  we  should  be  so  formidable 
as  to  impose  respect  upon  the  savages,  and  compel  them  to 
relinquish  their  designs. 

The  Cote  sans  Dessein  is  a  beautiful  place,  situated  on  the 
N.  E.  side  of  the  river,  and  in  sight  of  the  Osage.  It  will  in 
time  become  a  considerable  village.  The  beauty  and  fer- 
tility [30]  of  the  surrounding  country  cannot  be  surpassed. 
It  is  here  that  we  met  with  the  first  appearance  of  the 
prairie,  on  the  Missouri,  but  it  is  handsomely  mixed  with 
wood  land.  The  wooded  country  on  the  N.  E.  extends  at 
least  thirty  miles,  as  far  up  as  this  place,  and  not  less  than  fif- 
teen on  the  other  side.  The  name  is  given  to  this  placeirom 
the  circumstance  of  a  single  detached  hill,  filled  with  lime- 
stone standing  on  the  bank  of  the  river,  about  six  hundred 
yards  long,  and  very  narrow.  The  village  has  been  estab- 
lished about  three  years;  there  are  thirteen  French  families, 
and  two  or  three  of  Indians.  They  have  handsome  fields  in 
the  prairie,  but  the  greater  part  of  their  time  is  spent  in 
hunting.  From  their  eager  inquiries  after  merchandise,  I 
perceived  we  were  already  remote  from  the  settlements. 

We  continued  under  way,  with  a  light  breeze,  but  scarcely 
sufficient  to  waft  the  barge  of  itself,  without  the  aid  of  oars. 
—  Handsome  wooded  upland,  S.  W.  side,  gently  sloping  to 
the  river,  and  not  rocky.  For  many  reasons,  I  would  prefer 
these  situations  to  the  bottom,  where  the  soil  is  richer. 


46  Rarly  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

Passed  the  Great  Osage  river,  one  hundred  and  thirty-three 
miles  [31]  from  the  mouth  of  the  Missouri,  and  navigable 
about  six  hundred  miles.  There  is  much  fine  land  imme- 
diately on  its  borders,  but  the  prairies  stretch  out  on  either 
side,  and  to  the  westward  are  almost  boundless.  The 
Osage  villages  are  situated  about  two  hundred  miles  up. 

Passed  a  long  island,  called  V  isle  o'  Cedre,  Cedar  island. 
A  number  of  islands  on  the  Missouri  bear  this  name,  from 
the  growth  of  cedar  upon  them,  in  this  particular,  differing 
from  the  islands  of  the  Mississippi.  In  this  island  all  the 
largest  trees  had  been  cut  down,  and  rafted  to  St.  Louis,  to 
supply  the  settlements  with  this  wood,  of  which  there  is  a 
great  consumption. 

Throughout  the  course  of  this  day,  we  found  the  navi- 
gation less  arduous  and  painful;  owing  principally  to  the 
falling  of  the  waters,  and  to  our  having  passed  one  of  those 
rivers  which  add  to  the  current  of  the  Missouri.  The  sand 
bars,  begin  to  present  a  pleasing  appearance;  several  mUes 
in  length,  clean  and  smooth.  Instead  of  ascending  along 
either  side,  we  pursued  the  middle  of  the  river,  along  the 
sand  bars.  Encamped  N.  E.  side,  just  above  the  Cedar 
island.  The  bars  and  the  sides  of  [32]  the  river  are  every 
where  marked  with  deer  tracks. 

Saturday,  iph.  A  fine  morning  —  somewhat  cool  —  set 
off  with  a  favourable  breeze.  Passed  hills  on  the  S.  W. 
side  —  saw  five  or  six  deer  sporting  on  a  sand  bar.  Passed 
the  Manitoo  rocks,  S.  W.  side,  and  la  Bonne  Femme  creek. 
The  country  here-about,  is  delightful;  the  upland  sloping 
gently  to  the  river,  timbered  with  oak,  hickory,  ash,  &c. 
The  lands  on  this  stream  are  said  not  to  be  surpassed  by 
any  in  the  territory. 

After  having  had  a  favourable  wind  the  greater  part  of 
the  day,  encamped  at  the  Roche  percee,  perforated  rock;  a 


i8ii]  Brackenridge* s  youmal  47 

high  craggy  cliff  on  the  N.  E.  side."  This  is  the  narrowest 
part  of  the  river  I  have  yet  seen;  it  is  scarcely  two  hundred 
yards  wide. —  Made  in  the  course  of  this  day  about  twenty- 
eight  miles,  for  which  we  were  indebted  to  the  favourable 
wind.  Some  of  us  considered  this  good  fortune  a  reward 
for  the  charity  which  was  manifested  by  us  yesterday,  in 
spending  an  hour  in  relieving  a  poor  ox,  who  was  swamped 
near  the  bank.  The  poor  creature  had  remained  here  ten 
or  twelve  days,  and  the  sand  into  which  he  had  [33]  sunk 
was  become  hard  and  solid.  The  wolves  had  paid  him 
friendly  visits  from  time  to  time,  to  inquire  after  his  health, 
while  buzzards,  crows,  and  eagles  tendered  their  salutations 
from  the  neighbouring  trees. 

Sunday  i^ih.  Violent  wind  all  night  —  hoisted  sail  be- 
fore day  light,  in  order  to  take  advantage  of  the  wind. 
Passed  the  Manitoo  N.  E.  side,  and  high  rocks.  A  delight- 
ful country.  Wind  slackened  about  ten.  At  twelve,  came 
in  sight  of  the  hills  of  Mine  river,  S.  W.  side.  This  river  is 
not  navigable  more  than  ten  or  twelve  miles.  Valuable  salt 
works  are  established  here.  The  whole  of  this  day  we 
found  rich  and  extensive  bottoms,  N.  E.  side,  and  beautiful 
sloping  uplands,  S.  W.  On  this  side  of  the  river,  some 
beautiful  situations  for  farms  and  plantations.  The  hills 
rise  with  a  most  delightful  ascent  from  the  water's  edge  to 
the  height  of  forty  or  fifty  feet;  the  woods  open  and  hand- 
some. The  lands  on  the  Mine  river,  reputed  excellent. 
Bottoms  on  the  N.  E.  side  the  Missouri,  uncommonly  fine. 
There  is  a  flourishing  settlement  here.  Being  Sunday,  the 
good  people  were  dressed  out  in  their  best  clothes,  and  [34] 
came  in  groups  to  the  bank  to  gaze  upon  us,  as  we  passed 
by  under  sail.    The  sight  was  no  doubt  agreeable  to  them, 

*"  A  considerable  stream  in  Boone  County  takes  its  name  from  this  rock  — 
Rocher  Perc^  River,  sometimes  called  Split  Rock. —  Ed. 


48  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

and  we  were  no  less  pleased  at  catching  another  glimpse  of 
civilization,  after  having  for  a  time  lost  sight  of  it.  We  put 
to  shore  at  the  farm  of  Braxton  Cooper,  a  worthy  man,  who 
has  the  management  of  the  salt  works."  The  settlement  is 
but  one  year  old,  but  is  already  considerable,  and  increasing 
rapidly;  it  consists  of  seventy-five  families,  the  greater  part 
living  on  the  bank  of  the  river,  in  the  space  of  four  or  five 
miles.  They  are  generally  persons  in  good  circumstances, 
most  of  them  have  slaves.  Mr.  Cooper  informed  me  that 
the  upland,  back,  is  the  most  beautiful  he  ever  beheld.  He 
thinks  that  from  the  mouth  of  the  Missouri  to  this  place, 
the  country  for  at  least  forty  miles  from  the  river,  may  bear 
the  character  of  rich  woodland:  the  prairies  forming  but 
trifling  proportions.  This  place  is  two  hundred  miles  up. 
We  inquired  for  the  party  of  which  we  were  in  chase  —  they 
had  passed  nineteen  days  before  us. 

Monday  iph.  Rain  last  night,  but  without  lightning  — 
from  this  it  is  prognosticated  that  [35]  the  wind  will  continue 
favourable  to  day.  Set  off  with  a  fair  wind,  but  the  course 
of  the  river  became  unfavourable.  At  half  past  seven,  again 
fair  —  continued  under  sail  until  twelve.  Passed  handsome 
upland  S.  W.  side,  and  the  two  Chareton  rivers  N.  E.  Had 
to  oppose  in  the  course  of  the  day  some  very  difficult  places 
—  the  river  extremely  crooked.  While  the  men  were  tow- 
ing, they  chased  a  she-bear  into  a  hollow  tree;  we  set  about 

**  The  Coopers  were  a  Virginia  family  from  Culpeper  County,  who  had  first 
migrated  to  Kentucky.  They  arrived  in  Missouri  in  the  autumn  of  1807,  when 
Braxton,  with  his  cousin  Sarshall,  settled  at  Hancock  bottom,  upon  the  north  bank 
of  the  Missouri,  in  St.  Charies  County.  There  they  bought  salt  of  Nathan  Boone, 
who  described  to  them  the  Boone's  Lick  country.  In  the  spring  of  1810  they 
removed  their  famiUes  thither,  and  built  Cooper's  fort,  nearly  opposite  Arrow 
Rock  Creek.  During  the  War  of  1812-15,  Boone's  Lick  settlement  suffered 
greatly.  The  Coopers  were  leaders  of  the  bands  that  pursued  the  Indians. 
Braxton  was  shot  by  them  (September,  1814)  while  cutting  logs  for  a  new  house. 
Sarshall  was  shot  in  his  fort,  the  following  spring.  These  facts  are  foxmd  in  the 
archives  of  the  Wisconsin  Historical  Library,  Draper  MSS.,  22  S,  118,  142;  23  S, 
119,  125. —  Ed. 


i8ii]  Brackenridge' s  journal  49 

chopping  the  tree,  while  several  stood  with  guns  presented 
to  the  hole  at  which  she  had  entered,  about  twenty  feet  up. 
In  a  short  time  she  put  out  her  head  and  shoulders,  but  on 
receiving  a  volley,  instantly  withdrew.  The  chopping  was 
renewed;  madam  Cufif  again  appeared,  and  was  saluted  as 
before,  but  without  producing  the  same  effect,  as  she  lei- 
surely crawled  down  the  tree,  and  attempted  to  make  off, 
amidst  the  shouts  of  fifteen  or  twenty  barbarians,  who  were 
bent  on  the  destruction  of  a  mother  and  her  little  family. 
She  was  killed  with  the  stroke  of  an  axe,  having  been  pre- 
viously severely  wounded.  In  the  hollow  sycamore,  there 
were  found  three  cubs.  At  five,  hoisted  sail,  and  continued 
until  seven,  having  this  day  made  twenty-eight  [36]  miles. 
Towards  evening,  passed  beautiful  undulating  hills,  gently 
sloping  to  the  river.  What  charming  situations  for  seats 
and  farms! 

Tuesday  i6th.  Set  off  without  wind  —  the  river  rising. 
At  eleven,  the  wind  so  much  against  us  that  we  were  obliged 
to  lie  by.  At  three  we  continued  our  voyage,  and  as  it  was 
resolved  to  tow,  I  set  out  with  my  rifle,  expecting  to  meet 
the  boat  at  the  head  of  a  long  bend.  This  is  the  first  excur- 
sion I  have  made  into  the  country.  I  passed  through  the 
bottom  with  great  difficulty,  on  account  of  the  rushes,  which 
grow  as  high  as  a  man's  head,  and  are  matted  with  vines 
and  briars.  The  beauty  of  the  upland  in  some  degree  com- 
pensated. Clean  and  open  woods,  growth,  oak,  hickory, 
&c;  the  grass  beginning  to  appear  green.  Saw  several  deer, 
and  abundance  of  turkeys.  We  are  now  in  a  country  which 
abounds  with  game.  I  came  late  in  the  evening  to  the  boat, 
having  been  supposed  lost  in  the  woods.  Our  hunter  had 
been  more  successful  than  I,  having  killed  a  she-bear  with 
four  cubs.  The  river  very  crooked  in  the  course  of  this 
day. —  Passed  some  places  of  thin  woods  —  not  quite 
prairie,  on  the  bank  of  the  river. 


50  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

[37]  Wednesday  lyih.  Breakfasted  under  sail.  Passed 
the  Brand  river,  N.  E.  side.  It  is  two  hundred  yards  wide 
at  its  mouth;  very  long,  and  navigable  six  or  eight  hundred 
miles;  takes  its  waters  with  the  river  Des  Moines.  The 
traders  who  were  in  the  habit  of  visiting  the  Mahas,  six 
hundred  miles  above  this  on  the  Missouri,  were  formerly 
compelled  to  ascend  this  river  in  order  to  avoid  the  Kansas 
Indians,  who  were  then  the  robbers  of  the  Missouri.  There 
is  a  portage  of  not  more  than  a  couple  of  days,  from  the 
Grand  river  to  the  Mahas. 

At  the  confluence  on  the  lower  side,  there  is  a  beautiful 
situation.  The  bottom  is  a  handsome  prairie,  which  is  seen 
extending,  for  the  first  time  on  the  Missouri,  to  the  water's 
edge,  and  about  a  mile  in  width:  the  upland  then  rises  with 
a  gentle  ascent,  with  here  and  there  a  few  clumps  of  trees. 
Immediately  at  the  point  of  junction,  there  are  about  fifty 
acres  of  well  timbered  land.  Here  is  a  delightful  situation 
for  a  village:"  the  distance  about  two  hundred  and  fifty 
miles  from  the  mouth  of  the  Missouri.  There  is  some  beau- 
tiful country  lying  on  the  Grand  river,  but  deficient  in  wood. 
In  fact,  this  river  may  almost  be  considered  [38]  the 
boundary  of  the  wooded  upland  on  that  side  of  the  river. 

Here  the  wind  failed  us.  The  Missouri  very  wide  —  a 
large  bar  in  the  middle.  The  beautiful  green  hills  of  the 
Little  Osage  in  sight.  But  for  the  single  defect  of  the  dilapi- 
dating banks  of  the  Missouri,  the  country  bordering  on  it, 
thus  far,  would  not  be  surpassed  by  any  in  the  world. 
Spring  has  already  cast  her  green  mantle  over  the  land; 
and  the  scenery  every  where  assumes  a  more  enlivened 
appearance.  After  an  arduous  navigation,  came  this  day 
about  twenty  miles. 

Thursday  i8th.    Heavy  rain  last  night,  accompanied  by 

"  The  town  of  Brunswick  occupies  this  site,  with  a  population  of  about  one 
thousand  four  hundred. —  Ed. 


i8ii]  Brackenridge* s  journal  51 

unusual  thunder  and  lightning.  Set  off  at  six,  weather 
apparently  clearing  up.  About  ten,  compelled  by  heavy 
rain  to  put  to  shore  until  three,  when  we  again  shoved  off, 
came  a  few  miles  and  encamped,  N.  E.  side. 

Friday  igih.  Continued  our  voyage  at  daylight,  and 
came  through  a  long  channel,  between  an  island  and  the 
shore.  The  wind  S.  E.  but  the  course  of  the  river  such  as 
to  disable  us  from  profiting  by  it.  A  drizzling  rain,  and  the 
weather  disagreeable.  Wind  favourable  for  an  hour. 
Passed  handsome  upland  and  [39]  prairie  S.  W.  side. 
There  was  formerly  a  village  of  the  Little  Osage  here,  but 
from  the  frequent  attacks  of  the  Ayuwas,  they  were  com- 
pelled to  go  higher  up  the  river."  The  situation  is  fine. 
At  a  distance,  the  deep  green  herbage  on  this  open  ground 
had  much  the  appearance  of  a  wheat  field.  What  a  strange, 
restless,  discontented  creature  is  man!  When  the  arts  of 
civilization  bloom  around  him,  nothing  is  so  pleasing  as  the 
glimpse  of  the  wild  irregularities  of  nature;  and  yet  place 
him  in  the  midst  of  the  desert,  and  every  object  which  re- 
minds him  of  human  ingenuity  and  industry,  appears 
supremely  beautiful,  and  at  once  awakens  all  the  affections 
of  his  heart. 

Encamped  late,  after  having  got  through  a  channel  with 
considerable  difficulty.  The  slowness  with  which  we  have 
advanced  for  several  days  past,  forms  a  contrast  with 
those  which  preceded.    Water  rising. 


"  The  Iowa  (A3Tiwas,  Aiouetz)  were  a  Siouan  tribe  first  encountered  by  French 
explorers  in  the  state  to  which  they  have  given  name.  This  word  lacked  conso- 
nant sounds,  hence  its  great  variations  in  spelling.  The  Iowa  early  became  allied 
with  the  Sauk  and  Foxes,  and  were  thus  hostile  to  the  French  power.  They  were 
a  fierce  tribe,  and  raided  widely  from  their  villages  on  the  Des  Moines  River. 
Later,  they  traded  with  the  English  on  the  Mississippi.  In  1808  a  treaty  was 
made  with  them  by  which  the  first  American  post  west  of  the  Mississippi  River 
was  erected  —  Fort  Madison,  which  served  in  a  measure  to  restrain  their  ravages. 
There  are  now  about  three  hundred  Iowa  Indians,  upon  reservations  with  the 
Sauk  and  Foxes,  in  Kansas  and  Oklahoma. —  Ed. 


52  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

On  Saturday  the  20th,  we  had  a  cold  disagreeable  morn- 
ing; the  men  completely  drenched  by  the  heavy  rain  which 
fell  last  night.  About  six  o'clock  we  hoisted  sail,  but  the 
wind  served  us  only  a  short  distance.  The  weather  begin- 
ning to  clear  up,  we  thought  it  [40]  adviseable  to  put  to 
shore  in  order  to  dry  our  effects,  which  had  suffered  consid- 
erably. On  the  S.  W.  there  are  some  handsome  rising  hills. 
We  remained  here  until  three  o'clock,  and  then  continued 
our  voyage  on  the  N.  E.  side,  along  a  beautiful  tract  of  land, 
covered  with  a  great  proportion  of  walnut,  poplar,  and 
cotton-wood  of  enormous  size.  On  entering  a  narrow  chan- 
nel, we  espied  at  the  upper  end  a  large  flock  of  pelicans 
standing  on  a  shoal ;  we  fired  on  them  at  the  distance  of  two 
hundred  yards,  and  killed  one.  These  birds  are  seen  in 
great  numbers  on  the  Missouri,  but  are  shy.  We  daily  kill 
wild  fowl,  ducks,  geese,  brandt,  &c.  which,  at  this  season 
of  the  year  ascend  the  river  to  breed.  Their  eggs  are  found 
every  moment  on  the  sand  bars. 

Sunday  20th  \i.  e.,  21st.].  A  delightful  morning,  though 
somewhat  cool.  Got  under  way  early — passed  through  the 
channel  which  we  entered  yesterday,  and  at  the  head  of  the 
island,  crossed  to  the  S.  W.  side.  Here  we  encountered  several 
difficult  embarras,  but  not  much  current,  in  the  river.  After 
breakfast  I  took  my  gun  and  ascended  the  hill.  On  the 
opposite  side,  there  is  an  extensive  prairie  bottom,  apparently 
four  or  five  miles  wide;  and  a  level  plain  of  [41]  vast  extent 
stretching  out  on  either  hand,  of  fertile  alluvial  soil,  as  I 
supposed,  from  the  rich  and  luxuriant  appearance  of  the 
herbage.  I  remarked  a  curious  contrast  of  the  yellow 
sward,  which  has  remained  unbumt,  and  the  extensive 
tracts  of  deep  green,  where  the  young  grass  of  this  spring 
has  sprung  up  unencumbered  by  the  old.  Beyond  the 
plain,  the  upland  rises  into  irregular  and  abrupt  elevations, 
and  appears  in  a  thousand  fantastic  forms,  but  without 


i8ii]  Brackenridge' s   'Journal  53 

even  a  shrub,  and  covered  with  a  thin  coat  of  vegetation. 
The  winding  river,  with  its  islands,  willow  bordery,  and 
groves  of  cotton-wood  trees,  the  whole  scene  in  fact,  had 
something  magnificent,  though  melancholy.  I  was  re- 
minded how  much  I  must  yet  traverse  before  I  can  reach 
the  end  of  the  voyage.  On  this  side  (S.  W.)  I  found  the 
soil  of  the  upland  of  an  excellent  quality,  and,  notwith- 
standing the  ravages  of  the  fire,  the  marks  of  which  are 
every  where  to  be  seen,  the  woods,  principally  hickory,  ash, 
oak,  and  walnut,  formed  a  forest  tolerably  close. 

I  did  not  return  until  about  four  in  the  evening;  much 
gratified  with  my  excursion.  We  spent  an  hour  and  an  half 
this  evening  in  passing  [42]  round  a  small  point,  the  distance 
of  a  few  hundred  yards.  The  current  was  so  swift  that  oars 
and  poles  could  be  of  no  service;  we  were  therefore  com- 
pelled to  grapple  round  the  rocks,  by  carrying  a  cable  ahead 
and  fastening  it  to  some  object,  and  then  advancing  a  few 
yards  at  a  time.  It  is  about  half  a  mile  across  the  river,  its 
usual  width,  and  there  is  a  strong  current  in  the  bend. 
Such  is  the  swiftness  of  the  current  that  it  is  found  necessary 
to  cross  over  at  every  point.  The  current  being  generally 
very  strong  in  the  centre  of  the  bends.  This  operation  of 
crossing  and  recrossing  consumes  much  time.  We  en- 
camped this  evening  above  an  encampment  of  Mr.  Hunt, 
which,  according  to  some  of  the  sagacious  is  but  ten  days 
old.  It  is  said,  these  woodsmen  shew  extraordinary  skill 
in  determining  the  length  of  time  that  a  camp  has  been 
abandoned.  I  have  heard  of  some,  who  possessed  this 
sagacity,  in  a  surprising  degree;  but  on  this  occasion,  I  was 
induced  to  believe  that  our  augurs  were  deceived  by  their 
hopes  and  wishes. 

Monday  zzd.  We  proceeded  this  morning  until  eleven 
o'clock  with  the  towing  line  or  cordelle  —  the  banks  being 
favourable.    The  hills  [43]  or  bluffs  are  here  about  one 


54  E^arly  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

hundred  feet  high,  and  rise  abruptly  from  the  river.  The 
wind  from  the  S.  S.  W.  becoming  very  strong,  we  were  com- 
pelled to  lie  by  until  three  o'clock.  These  were  usually  irk- 
some moments  to  Lisa.  The  men  composed  themselves  to 
sleep,  or  strolled  along  the  beach,  or  engaged  in  "whetting 
the  brand,' '  or  smoking  a  pipe.  I  usually  preferred  a  ram- 
ble with  my  gun  when  I  could  escape  from  the  boat.  I  had 
also  had  the  precaution  to  provide  myself  with  some  well 
selected  books;  among  the  rest,  Don  Quixotte  in  Spanish; 
and  as  Lisa  who  was  a  Spaniard  by  birth,  and  passionately 
fond  of  this  work,  took  pleasure  in  reading,  and  hearing  it 
read,  I  availed  myself  of  the  opportunity  of  improving  my 
knowledge  of  a  language,  which  will  one  day  be  important 
to  a  citizen  of  the  United  States.  Towards  evening  we 
crossed  to  the  N.  E.  side,  and  endeavoured  to  ascend  be- 
tween the  shore  and  an  island,  but  found  a  sand  bar  running 
entirely  across,  at  the  upper  end,  so  that  we  were  obliged  to 
go  back,  and  encamp  nearly  opposite  the  place  of  starting. 

Tuesday  2jd.  Very  high  wind  this  morning.  Doubled 
the  island  which  had  been  the  scene  [44]  of  so  much  vexa- 
tion. Endeavoured  to  proceed  on  the  outside,  but  met 
with  so  many  difficulties,  that  we  were  compelled  to  cross 
to  the  S.  W.  side.  Towed  to  Ibar's  channel  and  island  — 
then  re-crossed  to  the  N.  E.  side,  and  found  ourselves  about 
two  miles  above  our  last  night's  encampment.  Remained 
here  until  three,  when  the  wind  somewhat  abated  its  vio- 
lence. Having  arrived  opposite  the  Wizzard's  island," 
(L'isle  du  Sorcier)  crossed  over  and  encamped.    The  super- 


**  Lewis  and  Clark,  in  their  original  manuscripts,  designate  the  channel  which 
Brackenridge  calls  ' '  Ibar's, ' '  as  Eue-bert,  probably  a  form  of  the  French  name 
Hubert.  Biddle,  in  his  edition  of  Lewis  and  Clark,  makes  this  Eau-beau  or 
Clearwater.  James  (edition  of  Long's  expedition)  has  Chney  au  Barre.  This  is 
now  curiously  contracted  into  Sniabar,  which  is  applied  to  two  creeks  in  Lafayette 
County.  Wizard's  Island  is  mentioned  only  by  Brackenridge,  and  has  been  swept 
away  in  the  changes  of  the  river  bed. —  Ed. 


i8ii]  Brackenridge' s  youmal  ^^ 

stitious  boatmen  believe  that  a  wizzard  inhabits  this  island; 
they  declare  that  a  man  has  been  frequently  seen  on  the 
sand  beach,  at  the  point,  but  that  he  suddenly  disappears, 
on  the  approach  of  any  one.  These  few  days  have  been  in 
a  manner  lost,  from  contrary  winds,  and  bad  weather. 
Heavy  rain  this  evening  —  Moschetoes  begin  to  be  trouble- 
some, for  the  first  time  during  our  voyage. 

Wednesday  2 ph.  Attempted  a  ripple  this  morning,  and 
were  driven  back  five  times  —  we  had  once  got  within  half 
the  boat's  length  of  being  through;  the  oars  and  poles  were 
insufficient;  ten  of  our  men  leaped  into  the  water  with  the 
cordelle,  while  the  rest  of  us  exerted  ourselves  with  the  pole : 
and  thus  by  perseverance  became  [45]  conquerors.  This 
ripple,  like  all  others  of  the  Missouri,  is  formed  by  high 
sand  bars,  over  which  the  water  is  precipitated,  with  con- 
siderable noise.  This  bar  has  been  formed  within  two  or 
three  years.  The  bend  formerly  almost  impassible  from 
the  swiftness  of  the  current,  is  now  tolerable.  There  is  sel- 
dom any  great  current  on  both  sides;  the  falling  in  of  the 
banks  indicate  the  current  to  be  there. —  Wherever  the  river 
has  a  wider  channel  than  ordinary,  there  is  usually  a  sand 
bar  in  the  middle.  This  extraordinary  river  sometimes 
pursues  a  straight  course  for  ten  or  fifteen  miles,  then  sud- 
denly turns  to  every  point  of  the  compass:  In  other  places, 
the  whole  volume  of  its  waters  is  compressed  into  a  channel 
of  two  or  three  hundred  yards:  again  suddenly  opening  to 
the  width  of  one,  or  even  two  miles,  with  islands  and  sand 
bars  scattered  through  the  space. 

Passed  a  canoe  with  four  men,  who  had  wintered  up  the 
Kansas,  about  five  hundred  miles:  they  had  beaver,  and 
other  furs.  They  could  give  no  information  respecting 
Hunt's  party:  —  we  conclude  he  must  have  passed  that 
river  before  they  came  out  of  it. 

[46]  From  the  violence  of  the  wind,  which  blew  from  the 


56  Fjarly  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

N.  W.  our  progress  was  so  much  impeded,  that  we  were 
compelled  to  lie  by  the  greater  part  of  the  day.  While  in 
the  woods  to-day,  I  saw  a  she-bear  coming  towards  me  fol- 
lowed by  two  cubs,  and,  after  waiting  until  she  approached 
within  a  sufficient  distance,  fired  at  her  head;  but,  from  too 
much  eagerness,  the  fault  of  young  hunters,  and  which  pre- 
vents them  from  taking  a  deliberate  aim,  I  missed  her. 
She  soon  disappeared  with  her  family.  I  am  well  aware 
that  I  might  on  this  occasion  have  availed  myself  of  the 
privilege  of  the  traveller;  but  by  this  proof  of  self-denial  the 
reader  will  be  disposed  to  give  some  credit  for  veracity,  a 
point  in  which  travellers  too  often  fail.  While  our  old 
hunter  Castor  was  out,  he  saw,  as  he  declared  to  us,  a  while 
turkey^  but  was  not  able  to  kill  it.  But  I  am  rather  inclined 
to  think  it  is,  (for  hunters  have  nearly  the  same  privileges  as 
travellers,) 

Rara  avis  in  terns,  nigroque  simmillima  cygno. 

The  wild  turkey  is  invariably  black:  although,  it  is  possible, 
that  by  some  lusus  natures,  [47]  there  may  be  white.  A  single 
deer,  or  buffaloe,  I  am  well  assured  has  been  met  with  of 
this  colour. 

Thursday  2ph.  The  contrary  winds  still  continue  to-day, 
but  its  violence  somewhat  abated,  so  as  to  enable  us  to  pro- 
ceed on  our  voyage  tolerably  well.  The  unwearied  exer- 
tions of  Lisa  suffered  no  moment  to  remain  unemployed, 
and  his  ingenuity  was  continually  exerted  in  contriving 
means  of  overcoming  the  difficulties  which  were  constantly 
presenting  themselves.  About  eleven  o'clock  we  came  in 
sight  of  Fort  Osage,  at  the  distance  of  three  miles  on  the 
bluff,  and  a  long  stretch  of  the  river  before  us.  We  had 
now  come  three  hundred  miles  upon  our  voyage.  And  for 
the  last  hundred,  had  seen  no  settlement  or  met  with  any 
one,  except  a  few  traders  or  hunters  who  passed  us  in  canoes. 
With  the  exception  of  a  few  spots  where  the  ravages  of  fire 


i8ii]  Brackenridge's  yournal  57 

had  destroyed  the  woods,  we  passed  through  a  continued 
forest  presenting  the  most  dreary  aspect.  The  under- 
growth generally  so  thick  that  I  had  little  inclination  to 
penetrate  far  beyond  the  margin  of  the  river.  And  more- 
over, to  one  not  well  acquainted  with  the  nature  of  the  [48] 
ground,  it  is  no  difficult  matter  to  become  entangled  and 
lost.  Our  approach  once  more  to  the  haunts  of  civilization, 
to  a  fort  where  we  should  meet  with  friends,  and  perhaps 
find  a  temporary  resting  place,  inspired  us  with  cheerful- 
ness. The  song  was  raised  with  more  than  usual  glee;  the 
can  of  whiskey  was  sent  round,  and  the  air  was  rent  with 
shouts  of  encouragement.  The  boatmen,  from  the  severe 
duty  which  they  had  already  performed,  were  much  rejoiced 
at  the  circumstance  of  their  having  reached  a  point  in  the 
voyage.  We  stopped  a  short  time  about  a  mile  below  the 
fort,  where  Mr.  Audrain  a  settler,  had  begun  to  clear  a 
piece  of  ground  for  a  farm.  I  was  acquainted  with  this 
gentleman  in  boyhood,  but  this  was  the  first  place  in  which  I 
had  met  him  for  many  years."  On  approaching  the  fort 
we  were  met  by  a  number  of  the  Osage  Indians  of  both 
sexes,  and  of  all  ages.  They  kept  pace  with  us,  strung  along 
the  bank,  apparently  attracted  by  curiosity.  They  were 
objects  rather  disgusting;  generally  of  a  filthy  greasy  appear- 
ance, the  greater  part  with  old  dirty  buffaloe  robes  thrown 
over  their  shoulders;  some  with  their  brawny  limbs  exposed, 
[49]  and  no  covering  but  a  piece  of  cloth  girded  round  their 
loins.  The  women  appeared,  if  possible,  still  more  filthy 
than  the  men.  A  few  were  daubed  with  red,  and  adorned 
with  broaches  and  beads.  The  men  carried  their  bows, 
guns,  or  war  clubs,  in  their  hands.  In  point  of  size,  they 
are  larger  than  the  whites.  The  curiosity  which  these  peo- 
ple manifested  in  running  after  us  in  a  crowd,  to  gape  and 

"  For  notice  of  Audrain,  an  early  French  republican  of  Pittsburg,  see  Andr6 
Michaux's  Travels,  vol.  iii  of  our  series,  note  9. —  Ed. 


58  Karly  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

stare,  struck  me  as  a  characteristic  very  different  from  the 
Indians  east  of  the  Mississippi,  who  observe  studied  in- 
difference as  to  every  thing  strange  which  transpires  around 
them. 

On  landing  at  the  fort,  on  a  very  rocky  shore,  a  soldier 
under  arms,  who  waited  for  us  at  the  water  side,  escorted 
Mr.  Lisa  and  myself  to  the  fort,  where  we  were  politely 
received  by  the  commanding  officer.  While  Mr.  Lisa  was 
transacting  some  business,  accompanied  by  Mr.  Sibly,  the 
factor,  and  an  interpreter,  I  went  to  deliver  a  pipe  to  sans 
Oreille ^^  (a  warrior  and  a  principal  man  of  this  tribe,) 
sent  him  by  general  Clark.  He  received  us  [50]  sitting  on 
a  mat,  surrounded  by  a  number  of  young  men,  who  appeared 
to  treat  him  with  great  respect,  and  to  receive  with  appro- 
bation every  thing  he  said.  He  ordered  his  cook,  or  herald, 
(for  every  great  man  among  these  Indians  has  a  domestic 
of  this  description,)  a  bushy  headed,  ill-looking  fellow,  to 
bring  us  a  dish  of  homony.  After  having  eaten  of  this,  the 
pipe  was  sent  round.  I  then  presented  him  the  pipe, 
which  was  handsomely  decorated  with  ribbands  and  beads 
of  various  colours,  and  told  him  that  it  was  given  at  the 
request  of  general  Clark,  and  that  it  was  intended  as  proof 
of  the  esteem  and  consideration  in  which  he  was  held  not 
only  by  the  general  himself,  but  by  all  the  Americans.  He 
replied  ''that  he  was  pleased  with  this  proof  of  general 
Clark's  good  will  towards  him,  that  he  was  the  friend  of  the 
Americans.  He  declared  that  he  had  done  much  to  pre- 
serve a  proper  respect  towards  us,  but  that  there  were  many 
foolish  people  amongst  the  Osages  who  thwarted  his  meas- 
ures, but  that  every  man  of  sense  approved  of  his  conduct." 
This  man  though  not  a  chief,  is  evidently  intriguing  to  be 
the  head  of  his  tribe,  and  at  this  time  possesses  much  influ- 

"  Literally,  "without  ears;"  a  name  given  to  him  in  consequence  of  his  being 
unwilling  to  listen  to  the  advice  of  the  sober  part  of  the  people. —  Brackenridge. 


i8ii]  Brackenridge' 5  'Journal  59 

ence  with  [51]  them:  the  hereditary  chief,  young  White 
Hairs,  has  but  little  to  entitle  him  to  respect  from  his  own 
character,  being  extremely  young,  and  of  a  gentle  dispo- 
sition; he  is  however  supported  by  the  reputation  of  his 
father  who  was  a  great  warrior  and  a  good  man.  Sans 
Oreille^  as  is  usual  with  the  ambitious  amongst  these  people 
is  the  poorest  man  in  the  nation ;  to  set  the  heart  upon  goods 
and  chattels  being  thought  to  indicate  a  mean  and  narrow 
soul:  he  gives  away  every  thing  he  can  get,  even  should  he 
rob  or  beg,  to  procure  it  —  and  this,  to  purchase  popularity. 
Such  is  ambition !  Little  know  they  of  this  state  of  society, 
who  believe  that  it  is  free  from  jealousies,  from  envy,  detrac- 
tion, or  guilty  ambition.  No  demagogue  —  no  Cataline 
ever  used  more  art  and  finesse,  or  displayed  more  policy 
than  this  cunning  savage.  The  arts  of  flattery,  and  bribery, 
by  which  the  unthinking  multitude  is  seduced,  are  nearly 
the  same  every  where,  and  the  passion  for  power,  and  dis- 
tinction, seems  inherent  in  human  nature.  It  is  not  in  the 
savage  state  that  we  can  expect  to  meet  with  true  liberty, 
any  more  than  in  settled  hereditary  aristocracy  or  monarchy: 
it  is  only  in  a  republican  government  like  ours  of  [52]  a 
civilized  people  where  information  is  generally  diffused. 

The  fort  is  handsomely  situated,  about  one  hundred  feet 
above  the  level  of  the  river,  which  makes  an  elbow  at  this 
place,  giving  an  extensive  view  up  and  down  the  river.  Its 
form  is  triangular,  its  size  but  small,  not  calculated  for  more 
than  a  company  of  men.  A  group  of  buildings  is  formed 
by  the  factory,  suttler's  house,  &c.  The  place  is  called 
*'Fire  prairie."  It  is  something  better  than  three  hundred 
miles  from  the  mouth  of  the  river  in  lat.  38°.  40'.  The 
lodges  of  the  Little  Osage,  sixty  in  number,  are  within  gun 
shot  of  the  fort;  but  they  are  about  to  remove  their  village 
to  a  prairie,  three  miles  off.  Their  lodges  are  of  a  circular 
form,  not  more  than  ten  or  fifteen  feet  in  diameter,  con- 


6o  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

structed  by  placing  mats,  made  of  coarse  rushes,  over  forks 
and  poles. 

All  three  of  the  Osage  bands,  together  with  some  Kansas, 
were  lately  encamped  here  for  the  purpose  of  trading;  to 
the  number  of  fifteen  hundred  warriors.  The  officer  in- 
formed me,  that  about  ten  days  ago,  serious  apprehensions 
had  been  entertained  from  them.  A  war  party,  of  about 
two  hundred,  having  scalped  a  few  [53]  women  and  children, 
of  the  Ayuwas,  their  enemies,  had  returned  so  elated  with 
this  exploit,  that  they  insulted  the  people  of  the  fort.  One 
of  these  warriors  defied  a  centinel  on  his  post;  the  centinel 
was  commanded  to  fire  over  his  head,  this  producing  no 
effect,  he  was  seized  by  a  file  of  men,  which  he  at  first  treated 
with  indifference,  declaring,  that  if  he  were  confined,  he 
would  get  some  of  the  white  men's  bread;  his  tune  was 
changed,  however,  by  a  liberal  application  of  the  cat-o'- 
nine-tails  to  his  back.  Great  commotions  amongst  the 
Indians  were  excited;  they  rushed  forward  with  their  arms; 
but  the  soldiers  no  sooner  paraded  and  made  ready  a  few 
pieces  of  cannon,  than  they  thought  proper  to  retreat. 
They  maintained  a  threatening  attitude  for  some  days,  and 
to  give  vent  to  their  spite,  killed  a  pair  of  fine  oxen,  belong- 
ing to  Mr.  Audrain.  The  officer  sent  for  the  chiefs,  and 
told  them,  that  unless  two  horses  were  given  for  the  oxen, 
he  would  instantly  fire  upon  their  village.  This  spirited 
deportment  had  the  desired  effect,  the  chief  complied,  and 
after  some  counciling,  the  pipe  was  smoked,  and  all  matters 
adjusted. 

[54]  These  Indians  are  not  to  be  compared  to  the  nations 
east  of  the  Mississippi;  although  at  war  with  most  of  their 
neighbours,  they  are  a  cowardly  race.  One  good  trait, 
however,  deserves  to  be  mentioned ;  they  have  rarely,  if  ever, 
been  known  to  spill  the  blood  of  a  white  man :  —  When  a 
white  hunter  is  found  on  their  lands,  they  take  away  his 


i8ii]  Brackenridge* s  Journal  6i 

furs  and  his  arms,  he  is  then  beaten  with  ramrods,  and 
driven  off. 

Mr.  Sibly  informed  me,  that  he  was  just  setting  out  on  a 
tour  towards  the  Arkansas,  to  visit  the  salines  on  that  river, 
and  also  to  the  Kansas,  and  Platte,  to  see  the  Pani  nation." 

Thus  far  we  have  gained  about  one  hundred  miles  upon 
the  party  of  Hunt  —  we  are  in  good  spirits,  and  will  renew 
the  pursuit  with  augmented  vigor. 

[55]  CHAPTER  HI" 

Orison  of  the  Osages  —  Discontents  in  our  party  —  News 
of  Hunt  —  An  excursion  —  Arrival  at  the  river  Platte. 

Friday,  zjih  \i.  e.,  26th]  of  April.  Our  situation  was 
rendered  very  uncomfortable  last  night  by  heavy  rains;  our 
cabin,  in  spite  of  all  our  contrivances,  was  still  in  a  bad 
condition.  In  the  morning,  before  daylight,  we  were 
awakened  by  the  most  hideous  bowlings  I  ever  heard. 
They  proceeded  from  the  Osages,  among  whom  this  is  a 
prevailing  custom.  On  inquiry,  I  found  that  they  were 
unable  to  give  any  satisfactory  reason  for  it;  I  could  only 
learn,  that  it  was  partly  devotional,  and  if  it  be  true,  as  is 
supposed  by  some,  that  they  offer  worship  only  to  the  evil 
spirit,  the  orison  was  certainly  not  unworthy  of  him.  I 
much  doubt  whether  any  more  lugubrious  and   infernal 

"  The  Pawnee  (Pani)  Indians  were  of  Caddoan  stock,  being  early  encountered 
by  the  French  in  the  Missouri  Valley.  Lewis  and  Clark  found  them  in  four 
separate  bands  upon  Platte  River,  which  continued  to  be  their  habitat  until 
removed  to  reservations  in  Indian  Territory  and  Oklahoma.  The  Pawnee  were  a 
large  tribe,  numbering  ten  to  twelve  thousand  in  1832.  In  warhke  qualities  they 
were  somewhat  deficient,  and  being  frequently  enslaved  by  their  enemies,  the  term 
' '  Pani ' '  became  equivalent  to  Indian  slave.  See  J.  Long's  Voyages,  vol.  ii  of  our 
series,  note  53.  The  Pawnee  are  steadily  declining  in  population,  there  now 
being  but  about  six  hundred. —  Ed. 

"  Notes  upon  the  following  subjects  mentioned  in  this  chapter  are  found  in 
Bradbury's  Travels,  vol.  v  of  our  series:  Thomas  Nuttall,  note  8;  Ramsay  Crooks, 
note  3;  Robert ,McClellan,  note  72;  Kansas  Indians,  note  37;  Oto  Indians,  note 
42. —  Ed. 


62  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

wailings  ever  issued  from  Pandamonium  itself.  I  was  also 
informed  that  it  proceeded  from  another  cause;  when  any- 
one, on  awaking  in  the  morning,  happens  [56]  to  think  of 
a  departed  friend,  or  even  of  some  lost  dog  or  horse,  which 
has  been  prized  by  the  owner,  he  instantly  begins  this- 
doleful  howl;  no  sooner  is  this  heard  than  the  whole 
village,  hark  in,  man,  woman,  and  child,  and  at  least  a 
thousand  dogs,  with  a  howling  still  more  horrible.  I 
never  had  before,  so  good  a  conception  of  Virgil's  fine  de- 
scription of  that  place  of  the  infernal  regions,  set  apart 
for  the  punishment  of  the  wicked. 

It  was  eleven  o'clock  before  we  could  leave  this  place. 
The  time  was  spent  in  procuring  some  oil-cloth  to  put  over 
our  cabin,  and  in  purchasing  several  articles  of  Indian  trade 
which  the  factor  was  disposed  to  sell.  Having  got  every 
thing  ready,  and  feeling  anxious  to  loose  no  time,  we  set 
off,  although  the  wind  was  blowing  down  the  river  with 
great  violence.  After  exerting  ourselves  to  the  utmost,  for 
an  hour  or  two,  we  found  it  necessary  to  stop,  after  having 
done  little  more  than  loose  sight  of  the  fort.  After  remain- 
ing here  a  few  hours,  the  wind  abated  sufficiently  to 
enable  us  to  proceed  on  our  voyage.  Passed  a  small  en- 
campment of  American  hunters.  Three  men  were  sitting 
before  a  fire,  on  the  edge  of  the  bank,  [57]  in  the  midst  of 
the  rushes,  having  trodden  them  down  for  a  few  yards 
around.  Upon  three  slender  forks,  a  few  pieces  of  bark 
were  placed,  which  together  with  the  boughs  of  the  poplar 
afforded  some  little  shelter  from  the  rain.  The  remains  of 
a  deer  were  suspended  to  a  tree,  and  several  skins  were 
stretched  out  with  the  fleshy  sides  to  the  fire,  for  the  purpose 
of  being  dried.  The  Missouri  is  now,  what  the  Ohio  was 
once,  the  Paradise  of  hunters.  The  upper  part  of  the 
river  is  still  more  pleasant,  on  account  of  the  openness  of 
the  plains,  and  the  greater  facility  of  pursuing  the  wild 


i8ii]  Brackenridge* s   'Journal  63 

animals,  which  exist  in  numbers  almost  incredible.  We 
found  the  navigation  more  easy  this  evening,  from  the  state 
of  the  river,  than  it  has  been  for  several  days  past.  We 
were  enabled  to  make  nine  miles,  chiefly  under  oars  — 
weather  disagreeably  cool. 

We  have  now  passed  the  last  settlement  of  whites,  and 
probably  will  not  revisit  them  for  several  months.  This 
reflection  seemed  to  have  taken  possession  of  the  minds  of 
all.  I  almost  repented  of  having  undertaken  this  voyage, 
without  an  object  of  suitable  importance.  Our  men  were 
kept  from  thinking  too  [58]  deeply  by  their  songs  and  the 
splashing  of  the  oars,  which  kept  time  with  them.  Lisa 
himself  seized  the  helm,  and  gave  the  song,"  and  at  the  close 
of  every  stanza,  made  the  woods  ring  with  his  shouts  of 

"  The  patron  usually  sings  the  first  couplet,  the  chorus  is  then  sung  by  the 
whole;  the  songs  are  very  trifling,  but  the  tunes  not  disagreeable.  The  following 
are  some  verses  of  a  favorite  song:  — 

Derri^re  chez  nous,  il  y  a  un  etang, 

Ye,  ye  ment: 

Trois  canards  s'en  vons  baignans, 

Tous  du  long  de  la  rivifere, 

Legerement  ma  bergfere, 

Legferement,  ye  ment. 

Trois  canards  s'en  vons  baignans. 
Ye,  ye  ment: 

Le  fis  du  roi  s'en  va  chassant, 
Tous  du  16ng  de  la  rivifere. 
Legferement  ma  berg^re, 
Legerement,  ye  ment. 

Le  fis  du  roi  s'en  va  chassant, 
Ye,  ye  ment: 

Avec  son  grand  fusil  d' argent, 
Tous  du  long  de  la  rivifere, 
Legerement  ma  bergfere 
Legerement,  ye  ment. 
&c.  &c. 

—  BRACKENiaDGE. 

Comment  by  Ed.  A  translation  of  this  boating  song  is  given  in  Bradbury's 
Travels,  vol.  v  of  our  series,  p.  40. 


64  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

encouragement.  The  whole  was  intermixed,  with  short 
and  pithy  addresses  to  their  fears,  their  hopes,  or  their 
ambition.  Hunt  and  his  party,  were  at  least  eighteen  days 
before  us.  In  the  distance  of  three  hundred  [59]  miles 
we  had  gained  five  days  on  him.  By  great  exertions,  we 
might  overtake  him  at  the  little  Cedar  island  which  was 
six  hundred  miles  further.  We  should  then  be  safe.  For 
my  part  I  felt  great  solicitude  to  overtake  him,  for  the  sake 
of  the  society  of  Mr.  Bradbury,  a  distinguished  naturalist 
with  whom  I  had  formed  an  acquaintance  at  St.  Louis, 
and  who  had  accompanied  Mr.  Hunt  for  the  purpose  of 
pursuing  his  researches  in  natural  history  on  the  Missouri. 
In  the  society  of  this  gentleman,  I  had  promised  myself 
much  pleasure,  as  well  as  instruction;  and  indeed,  this 
constituted  one  of  the  principal  motives  of  my  voyage  — 
there  was  also  in  the  same  company,  a  young  gentleman 
of  the  name  of  Nuttal,  engaged  in  similar  pursuits  —  my 
apprehensions  with  respect  to  Mr.  Hunt,  were  not  such 
as  Lisa  entertained;  but,  I  was  well  aware  that  there  ex- 
isted a  reciprocal  jealousy  and  distrust.  Hunt  might  sup- 
pose, that  if  Lisa  overtook  him,  he  would  use  his  superior 
skill  in  the  navigation  of  the  river  to  pass  by  him,  and  (from 
the  supposition  that  Hunt  was  about  to  compete  with  him 
in  the  Indian  trade)  induce  the  Sioux  tribes,  through  whose 
territory  we  had  to  pass  for  the  [60]  distance  of  six  hundred 
miles,  to  stop  him,  and  perhaps  pilkge  him.  Lisa  had 
strong  reasons,  on  the  other  hand,  to  suspect  that  it  was 
Hunt's  intention  to  prevent  us  from  ascending  the  river; 
as  well  from  what  has  already  been  mentioned,  as  from 
the  circumstance  of  his  being  accompanied  by  two  traders, 
Crooks  and  M'Clelland,  who  had  charged  Lisa  with  being 
the  cause  of  their  detention  by  the  Sioux,  two  years  before; 
in  consequence  of  which  they  had  experienced  considerable 
losses.    The  quarrel  which  took  place  between  these  two 


i8ii]  Brackenridge^ s  'Journal  65 

traders  and  the  Sioux  was  the  principal  cause  of  their  pres- 
ent inimical  temper  to  the  whites.  I  fully  believed,  how- 
ever, that  if  we  could  unite  our  parties,  we  should  present 
so  formidable  an  appearance,  that  the  Indians  would  not 
think  of  incommoding  us.  The  conduct  of  the  Sioux  is 
governed  by  the  same  motives  as  those  of  the  barbarous 
tribes  of  the  Nile.  They  are  unwilling  to  let  the  traders 
pass  up  the  river,  and  carry  supplies  to  the  Arikaras,  Man- 
dans,  and  other  tribes  at  war  with  them;  and  their  country 
affording  few  objects  for  the  trader  beside  the  buffaloe 
robe,  they  are  tempted  to  pillage,  or  impose  terms  upon 
the  trader,  which  [61]  are  almost  as  injurious.  Thus  much, 
that  the  reader  may  enter  into  our  feelings;  at  least  form 
an  idea  of  the  anxiety  we  experienced  in  the  pursuit  of  the 
party  before  us. 

Now  removed  beyond  the  verge  of  the  frontier,  not  mere- 
ly out  of  my  country,  but  almost  in  another  world;  for, 
considered  in  reality,  and  not  according  to  that  imaginary 
ownership,  which  civilization  has  invented,  I  was  in  a  for- 
eign land.  Thus  abstracted,  thus  removed  from  my  coun- 
try, I  seemed  to  look  back  as  from  an  eminence,  and  fancied 
that,  I  contemplated  it,  with  more  accuracy  than  I  could, 
while  cherished,  and  protected  in  its  bosom.  I  heaved  a 
sigh,  when  I  reflected  that  I  might  possibly  never  see  it 
again.  I  felt  a  thousand  affections,  linked  to  the  cords 
of  the  heart,  of  which  I  had  not  been  aware.  These  things 
are  salutary  thought  I,  as  they  teach  a  man  to  know  him- 
self. Should  I  return  in  safety,  the  recollection  of  these 
little  incidents,  will  afford  pleasure  to  myself  and  to  others: 
and,  should  my  bones  be  deposited  on  some  dreary  spot, 
far  from  my  home  and  the  haunts  of  civilized  man,  it  is  yet 
certain,  that  there  is  no  place  however  distant  in  this  quar- 
ter, where  I  may  [62]  be  buried,  but  will  in  time,  be  sur- 
rounded by  the  habitations  of  Americans;  the  spot  will  be 


66  Rarly  Western  Travels  jyol.  6 

marked,  it  will  be  approached  with  respect,  as  containing 
the  remains  of  one  of  the  first  to  venture  into  these  distant 
and  unfrequented  regions. 

Saturday  27th.  After  a  long  continuance  of  bad  weather, 
we  are  again  somewhat  favoured:  this  is  a  delightful  morn- 
ing though  cool.  At  daylight  we  proceeded  on  our  voy- 
age, and  about  six  o'clock  had  a  light  breeze  from  the  east. 
Passed  Vincent's  island,  above  which  the  river  is  extremely 
narrow;  the  highlands  on  the  S.  W.  side.  About  eleven 
o'clock  the  sun  shone  out  warm  and  pleasant,  the  wind 
died  away.  Shortly  after  this  we  met  a  large  party  of  traders, 
in  two  canoes  lashed  together,  and  a  platform  raised  upon 
them,  constituting  what  is  called  a  raft.  This  was  heavily 
laden  with  buffaloe  robes.  They  had  come  from  the  river 
a  Jaque,  on  the  country  of  the  Yanktons,  the  nearest  tribe 
of  the  Sioux,  where  they  had  remained  all  winter;  they 
found  the  Indians  peaceably  disposed."  The  party  of 
Hunt  had  been  passed  by  them  five  days  before,  at  the  little 
Nimaha,  and  proceeds  slowly.  The  traders  [63]  being  in- 
formed of  the  rate  at  which  we  came,  were  of  opinion 
that  we  should  overtake  them  before  they  would  be  able 
to  reach  the  river  Platte,  three  hundred  miles  above  us. 
Our  party  were  much  animated  by  this  news. 

We  passed,  towards  evening  Benito's  island,  and  sand 
bar,  so  called  from  a  trader  of  that  name  having  been  robbed 
of  his  peltry,  by  a  party  of  the  Ayuwa  tribe;  and  not  con- 
tent with  this,  the  trader  with  four  men  in  his  employment, 
were  forced  to  carry  enormous  burdens  of  it  on  their  backs 
to  the  river  des  Moines.  Instances  of  such  insults  were 
formerly  not  uncommon;  several  spots  have  been  shewn 
me  where  the  like  acts  have  been  committed,  accompanied 

^^  River  h.  Jaque  (Jacque)  is  the  present  James  or  Dakota  River,  a  large 
affluent  of  the  Missouri,  in  South  Dakota.  For  the  Yankton  Sioux,  who  lived 
on  this  river,  see  Bradbury's  Travels,  vol.  v  of  our  series,  note  55. —  Ed. 


i8ii]  Brackenridge*s  yournal  67 

even  with  murder.  Having  approached  within  two  leagues 
of  the  Kansas  river,  we  encamped.  Large  sand  bars  now 
make  their  appearance  at  every  point  of  the  river;  some  of 
them  a  mile  or  two  in  length,  and  a  quarter  of  a  mile  in 
width  in  the  widest  place;  but  they  are  uniformly  in  the 
shape  of  a  crescent.  It  is  very  pleasant  to  walk  on  them; 
towards  the  bank  there  is  a  border  of  willows  and  young 
cotton- wood  trees;  the  rest  is  a  smooth  sand  beach. 

[64]  Sunday  28th.  A  cool  morning  —  somewhat  foggy  on 
the  river.  A  light  breeze  from  the  east,  but  not  sufficient  to 
enable  us  to  carry  sail.  Passed  Highland,  N.  E.  side,  with 
some  rocks  on  the  shore;  we  are  constantly  delighted  with 
the  gentle  hills,  or  rather  elevated  upland,  of  the  Missouri. 
In  this  part  of  the  river  deer  are  very  numerous;  while 
out  this  morning  I  counted  thirty  sporting  on  a  sand  bar. 

This  morning  we  passed  the  Kansas,  a  large  river,  which 
enters  from  the  S.  W.  side.  The  ground  is  low  and  flat 
at  its  mouth,  and  covered  with  a  profusion  of  willows; 
this  tree  is  observed  to  become  more  abundant  than  below, 
but  the  size  is  very  smaU.  The  Kansas  takes  its  rise  in 
the  open  plains  between  the  Platte  and  the  Arkansas; 
and  passes  through  a  country  almost  devoid  of  wood.  The 
patron  of  our  boat  informs  me,  that  he  has  ascended  it 
upwards  of  nine  hundred  miles,  with  a  tolerable  naviga- 
tion. The  Kansas  tribe  live  in  the  country  through  which 
it  passes.  It  has  a  number  of  considerable  tributary 
streams. 

In  the  evening  we  passed  the  little  river  Platte,  navi- 
gable with  canoes  fifty  or  sixty  miles,  and  said  to  abound 
with  beaver.  We  [65]  encamped  near  a  mile  above  it,  having 
made  about  fifteen  miles. 

In  the  course  of  this  day,  we  find  the  river,  in  most  places, 
extremely  narrow,  and  the  sand  bars  very  extensive. 

Monday    2gth.    Somewhat    cloudy    this    morning  —  A 


68  "Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

light  breeze  from  the  S.  E.  At  seven,  breakfasted  under 
sail.  At  nine,  reached  a  beautiful  island,  called  Diamond 
island,  fifteen  miles  above 'the  Kansas.  From  this,  there 
is  a  long  reach  of  six  or  eight  miles.  The  weather  is  fine 
—  the  breeze  still  continuing. 

At  three  o'clock  we  had  made  twenty-four  miles.  The 
wind,  from  the  change  of  the  course  of  the  river,  could  not 
serve  us.  We  lost  two  hours  in  passing  one  of  the  most 
difficult  places  I  have  seen  on  the  river:  after  which,  we 
had  a  fair  wind  again,  until  night. 

Passed  in  the  course  of  this  day,  some  beautiful  country 
on  both  sides,  the  upland  chiefly  S.  W.  and  a  greater  pro- 
portion of  prairie  than  we  have  yet  seen.  The  river  gen- 
erally narrow,  and  the  sand  bars  of  great  extent. 

Having  made  about  thirty  miles,  we  encamped  a  short 
distance  below  Buffaloe  island,  opposite  a  range  of  hills, 
and  at  the  upper  end  of  a  [66]  long  view.  During  the 
whole  of  the  day,  we  saw  astonishing  quantities  of  game 
on  the  shore;  particularly  deer  and  turkies.  The  bufifaloe 
and  elk  are  not  yet  seen. 

Tuesday  ^oth.  Last  night  there  was  much  thunder  and 
lightning,  but  little  rain.  At  day  light  embarked  with  a 
favourable  wind,  which  continued  until  seven,  when,  from  the 
course  of  the  river,  the  wind  failed  us  for  an  hour.  The 
river  extremely  crooked.  Mr.  Lisa  and  myself  went  on 
shore,  and  each  killed  a  deer.  There  were  great  num- 
bers of  them  sporting  on  the  sand  bars.  There  are  great 
quantities  of  snipes,  of  a  beautiful  plumage,  being  a  curious 
mixture  of  dove  color,  and  white.  I  saw  one  of  a  different 
kind,  which  was  scarlet  underneath  the  wings.** 

At  two  o'clock  we  hoisted  sail  at  the  beginning  of  a  long 
reach,  to  the  great  joy  of  the  whole  company.    High  prai- 

^'  Apparently  these  were  the  grey  and  red-bellied  snipe  (macrorhampus  griseus 
and  scolopacetts). —  Ed. 


i8ii]  Brackenridge's  Journal  69 

ries  S.  W.  side  —  continued  under  sail  through  another 
long  reach,  and  had  a  view  of  the  old  Kansas  village,  at 
the  upper  end  of  it.  It  is  a  high  prairie;  smooth  waving 
hills,  perfectly  green,  with  a  few  clumps  of  trees  in  the 
hollows.  It  was  formerly  a  village  of  the  Kansas  nation. 
There  [67]  are  many  of  these  deserted,  villages,  on  the  Mis- 
souri, with  hardly  any  traces  but  the  different  path-ways 
along  the  side  of  the  hills,  and  down  to  the  river.  There 
is  a  melancholy  feeling  in  viewing  these  seats,  once  the 
abode  of  intelligent  beings,  now  lonely  and  silent.  But 
for  the  scarcity  of  wood  this  would  be  a  delightful  situa- 
tion for  a  town."  At  this  place,  the  bend  of  the  river  ren- 
dered the  wind  unfavourable.  Continued  under  oars  about 
three  miles  further,  having  in  the  course  of  this  day  made 
thirty-three  miles. 

Wednesday,  ist  May.  Very  high  wind  all  last  night. 
Embarked  this  morning  about  daylight,  and  continued  under 
sail  until  six  o'clock.  Upland  N.  E.  side,  thinly  timbered. 
It  may  be  remarked,  that  the  hills  of  the  Missouri  are  not 
so  high  as  those  of  the  Ohio,  seldom  rocky,  and  rise  more 
pleasantly  from  the  water's  edge.  Continued  under  sail 
until  eleven,  when  we  were  brought  up  by  a  considerable 
bend  in  the  river.  Passed  St.  Michael  prairie,  a  handsome 
plain  in  front,  with  variegated  hills  in  the  back  ground, 
and  but  little  wood.  At  two  o'clock  we  came  to  a  very 
great  bend  in  the  river,  but  did  not  get  through  until  eve- 
ning. The  river  [68]  from  being  narrow,  changes  to  an  un- 
usual width,  and  very  shallow.  We  were  detained  about 
an  hour,  having  been  so  unlucky  as  to  run  aground. 

Saw  but  one  or  two  deer  to  day,  as  we  approached 
the  open  country  their  numbers  wQl  be  found  to  diminish, 
there  being  no  thickets  to  shelter  them.  They  are  said  to 
lessen  perceptibly  from  Nodawa  river  upwards. 

"  About  the  site  of  the  present  dty  of  Leavenworth,  Kansas. —  Ed. 


'JO  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

In  the  evening,  the  weather,  which  has  been  for  some 
days  cloudy,  cleared  up,  and  the  wind  abated  entirely: 
the  Missouri  and  its  scenery  appeared  in  their  natural 
state.  A  calm  sky  and  a  placid  stream,  which  harmonize 
with  every  other  object  of  nature.  The  river  is  falling  fast, 
approaching  to  a  low  stage  of  water  —  came  to-day  twenty- 
seven  miles. 

Thursday  2d.  Embarked  at  daylight,  the  river  un- 
ruffled by  a  breeze;  the  birds,  as  if  rejoicing  that  the  strife 
of  the  elements  had  ceased,  tuned  their  sweetest  notes. 

At  seven  o'clock,  breakfasted  opposite  some  bluffs,  N.  E. 
side.  A  very  large  mass  appeared  at  no  distant  period, 
to  have  slipped  into  the  river,  leaving  a  clay  precipice  fifty 
or  sixty  feet  high.  A  little  above,  there  are  rocks  of  free- 
stone [69]  at  the  edge  of  the  water.  Below  this  place, 
there  is  an  extensive  prairie,  partly  river  bottom,  and  partly 
upland,  with  a  considerable  rivulet  passing  through  it. 
What  a  delightful  situation  for  a  farm,  or  even  a  town! 
Description  of  such  a  country  as  this,  can  give  no  idea  of 
its  peculiar  character.  The  hills,  or  bluffs,  begin  to  appear, 
thinly  wooded  with  dwarf  trees,  principally  oak  or  ash. 

In  the  evening  we  reached  Nodowa  channel,  on  the  N.  E. 
side,  which  is  about  sixty  yards  in  width,  the  island  bor- 
dered with  willow,  but  on  the  main  land  there  is  an  open 
wood,  chiefly  the  cotton  tree.  The  rushes  are  now  seldom 
seen,  and  the  variety  of  trees  evidently  diminish.  This 
part  of  the  country  is  very  abundant  in  deer. 

Friday  ^d.  A  delightful  sunny  morning.  As  usual  we 
set  off  to-day  at  day-break.  Not  a  moment  of  our  time  is 
lost:  we  stop  half  an  hour  at  breakfast;  about  the  same 
length  of  time  for  dinner,  and  continue  late  at  night.  It 
is  by  thus  taking  less  time  for  repose,  the  skill  of  Lisa  in  en- 
countering the  currents  and  difficulties  of  the  navigation, 
and  the  continuing  our  voyage  during  the  contrary  winds, 


i8ii]  Brackenridge* s  Journal  j\ 

[70]  that  we  gain  on  the  party  of  Hunt.  But  our  Canadians 
are  beginning  to  feel  the  effects  of  this  effort :  they  not  only 
make  greater  exertions,  but  continue  employed  longer  than 
usual  by  several  hours  in  the  day.  It  sometimes  happens 
that  during  the  prevalence  of  a  favourable  wind,  the  veer- 
ing course  of  the  river  suddenly  renders  it  directly  con- 
trary; it  therefore  becomes  necessary  to  make  every  possible 
exertion  for  a  few  miles  in  doubling  the  point,  before  we 
can  again  catch  the  favoring  breeze.  By  this  exertion  we 
are  all  sometimes  nearly  exhausted.  The  strength  of  our 
men  begins  to  fail,  and  sometimes  murmurs  escape  their 
lips,  in  spite  of  every  reason  that  can  be  urged. 

About  noon  passed  the  wintering  ground  of  .Crooks  and 
M'Clelland,  where  there  are  some  log  huts.  Here  they 
joined  the  party  of  Hunt  to  proceed  up  the  river.  This  is 
four  hundred  and  fifty  miles  from  the  mouth  of  the  Missouri. 
Here  these  men  must  have  led  the  most  solitary  lives,  with 
no  companions  but  a  few  hunters  and  an  occasional  Indian 
visitor.  Their  chief  amusement  consisted  in  hunting  the 
deer,  or  traversing  the  plains.  M'Clelland  was  one  of 
Wayne's  runners,  and  is  celebrated  for  his  [71]  courage  and 
uncommon  activity.  The  stories  related  of  his  personal 
prowess,  border  on  the  marvellous.  Crooks  is  a  young 
Scotchman,  of  an  enterprising  character,  who  came  to  this 
country  from  the  trading  associations  in  Canada. 

After  passing  this  place  we  came  in  sight  of  the  S.  W.  side, 
more  elevated  than  any  we  have  yet  seen:  in  some  places 
covered  with  wood,  chiefly  dwarf  oak;  but  in  others  entirely 
bare,  or  overgrown  with  shrubs.  The  lands  on  the  opposite 
side  are  fine.  Towards  evening  a  breeze  springing  up,  we 
hoisted  sail,  and  continued  four  or  five  miles.  Passing  along 
a  large  prairie,  in  the  hollow  of  the  land  in  the  S.  W.  and 
after  doubling  the  woody  point  with  our  oars  and  poles, 
encamped  at  the  commencement  of  another  prairie.    Here 


72  Rarly  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

there  is  not  a  shrub  to  the  abrupt  edge  of  the  bank,  and 
the  bottom  stretches  from  the  river  at  least  a  mile  wide, 
covered  with  dried  grass  of  a  very  luxuriant  growth.  From 
the  first  glance  its  yellowish  appearance,  is  not  unlike  that 
of  ripe  oats.  This  is  another  object  to  remind  us  of  the 
industry  of  man. 

[72]  Saturday  ph.  Heavy  rain  last  night,  and  this  morn- 
ing drizzling.  Passed  the  extensive  lowland  prairie,  along 
which  the  men  were  able  to  walk  with  facility,  and  drag 
the  boat  along  with  the  cordelle.  At  ten  o'clock  passed  an 
encampment  of  Hunt,  where  our  augurs  once  more  set  to 
work  to  find  out  the  length  of  time  which  has  elapsed  since 
he  was  here.  After  making  about  twenty  miles,  with  rather 
disagreeable  navigation,  we  encamped  some  distance  above 
the  Nimaha  and  Tarkio  creeks.'^ 

This  evening,  which  was  damp  and  chilly,  while  warming 
myself  at  the  fire,  I  overheard,  with  much  chagrin,  some 
bitter  complaints  on  the  part  of  the  men.  These  discon- 
tents were  not  a  little  fomented  by  some  Thersites  of  the 
party,  who  took  advantage  of  the  state  of  mind  arising  from 
their  sufferings.  "It  is  impossible  for  us,"  said  they,  **to 
persevere  any  longer  in  this  unceasing  toil,  this  over-strained 
exertion,  which  wears  us  down.  We  are  not  permitted  a 
moment's  repose;  scarcely  is  time  allowed  us  to  eat,  or  to 
smoke  our  pipes.  We  can  stand  it  no  longer,  human  nature 
cannot  bear  it;  our  bourgeois  has  no  pity  on  us."  I  endeav- 
oured to  quiet  their  minds,  by  representing  [73]  to  them  the 
importance  of  the  object  for  which  we  were  exerting  our- 
selves, the  safety  of  their  lives  probably  depended  on  it: 
that  great  exertions,  it  is  true,  had  been  made,  but  that  we 
had  already  overcome  the  most  difficult  part  of  the  navi- 


**  Great  Nemaha  River,  in  southeastern  Nebraska,  and  Big  Tarkio  River  in 
northwestern  Missouri,  empty  into  the  Missouri  River  nearly  opposite  to  each 
other. —  Ed. 


i8ii]  Brackenridge's  Journal  73 

gation;  that  on  approaching  the  open  country,  we  might 
expect  to  be  carried  by  the  wind :  that  the  weather  was  now 
becoming  warmer  and  more  pleasant,  and  the  navigation 
less  arduous,  as  they  could  diversify  their  labours,  when 
there  would  be  no  wind,  with  the  pole,  the  oars,  or  by  the 
cordelle,  at  this  time,  little  more  than  a  promenade  along 
the  edge  of  the  prairie,  or  the  smooth  sand  bars.  I  ex- 
horted them  to  cease  these  complaints,  and  go  to  work  cheer- 
fully, and  with  confidence  in  Lisa,  who  would  carry  us 
through  every  difficulty.  These  admonitions  had  some 
effect,  but  were  not  sufficient  to  quell  entirely  the  prevail- 
ing discontent. 

Sunday  ^th.  Passed  an  encampment  of  Hunt  this  morn- 
ing. The  sun  shone  out,  but  the  air  was  cold  —  wind  from 
N.  E.  but  not  so  hard  as  to  form  any  great  obstacle.  In 
the  evening  hailed  two  men  descending  in  a  bark  canoe; 
they  had  been  of  Hunt's  party,  and  had  left  him  on  [74]  the 
2d  of  May,  two  days  above  the  Platte,  at  Boyer's  river.  He 
had  had  a  fair  wind  for  several  days,  and  ascended  with 
great  rapidity.  This  information  came  very  unseasonably, 
and  will  tend  to  dishearten  our  men. —  It  thus  appears, 
that  we  have  not  gained  upon  them  as  much  as  was  ex- 
pected. 

The  weather  very  fine  throughout  the  day,  encamped  in 
the  evening  at  the  upper  end  of  a  handsome  prairie;  oppo- 
site a  large  sand  bar. 

Monday  6th.  About  ten  this  morning,  passed  a  river 
called  Nis-na-botona,  after  which  there  are  some  long  reaches 
very  favorable  for  sailing.  At  four  o'clock  arrived  at  the 
little  Nimeha,  the  course  of  the  river  here  is  for  a  consid- 
erable distance  nearly  N.  E." —  Wind  being  N.  W.  were 

**The  present  Nishnabotna  River,  flowing  nearly  parallel  to  the  Missomi 
River  in  Iowa  and  northwestern  Missouri.  The  word  is  said  to  signify,  "canoe- 
making  river. ' '  Little  Nemaha  River  is  a  western  affluent  in  a  Nebraska  county 
of  the  same  name. —  Ed. 


74  Rarly  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

enabled  to  hoist  sail,  but  having  proceeded  about  a  mile,  a 
squall  suddenly  springing  up  from  the  N.  we  were  com- 
pelled with  all  despatch,  to  take  in  sail,  and  gain  the  shore 
S.  W.  side.  Here  a  dreadful  storm  raged  during  the  re- 
mainder of  the  evening,  and  the  greater  part  of  the  night, 
our  boat  lay  between  the  shore  and  a  number  of  trees  which 
had  fallen  into  the  river,  and  thus  sheltered  us  from  the 
waves. 

[75]  Our  encampment  is  at  the  edge  of  a  large  prairie, 
but  with  a  fringe  of  wood  along  the  bank  of  the  river.  The 
greater  part  of  the  country,  particularly  on  the  S.  W.  side, 
is  now  entirely  open.  The  new  grass  is  at  this  time  about 
four  inches  high. 

Tuesday  ph.  Continued  our  voyage  at  daylight,  the 
weather  fine,  though  somewhat  cool.  Wind  still  continues 
N.  W.  Passed  an  island  and  sand  bar,  and  towed  along 
a  prairie  S.  side  for  nearly  a  mile.  This  prairie  is  narrow, 
bounded  by  hills  which  are  somewhat  broken  and  stony. 

At  ten  o'clock  arrived  at  L'  isle  a  beau  soleil;  the  wind 
here  became  so  high  that  we  proceeded  with  great  diffi- 
culty." In  the  evening,  arriving  at  the  head  of  the  island, 
were  compelled  to  put  to  shore.  Mr.  Lisa  seized  this  oppor- 
tunity to  replace  his  mast,  by  a  young  oak  which  he  found 
in  the  wood  along  the  shore.  All  hands  were  set  to  work 
on  it,  in  order  that  it  might  be  ready  the  next  day.  This 
was  rendered  necessary  on  account  of  the  old  one  having 
given  way. 

I  took  this  opportunity  of  making  an  excursion  into  the 
country  —  ascended  the  hills  or  [76]  bluffs,  which,  though 
steep,  are  not  much  more  than  two  hundred  feet  above  the 
level  of  the  river,  and  command  prospects  of  great  extent. 
I  could  see  the  meandering  course  of  the  stream,  between 

**  Lewis  and  Clark  translated  this  term,  and  called  the  island  "Fair-sun."  It 
is  now  known  simply  as  Sun  Island. —  Ed. 


i8ii]  Brackenrtdge* s  youmal  j^ 

the  two  ranges  of  hills,  or  more  properly  of  high  land,  for 
thirty  or  forty  miles.  Some  of  these  hills  are  cut  into  preci- 
pices forty  or  fifty  feet  high,  without  any  appearance  of 
stone.  It  is  a  light  yellow  colored  earth,  with  a  considerable 
mixture  of  sand.  There  is  an  immense  extent  of  prairie  on 
both  sides  of  the  river.  The  hills  are  not  always  abrupt, 
but  in  many  places  rise  gently,  and  are  extremely  beautiful. 
The  river  hereabout  is  very  crooked:  in  following  the  hills, 
along  which  there  is  an  Indian  path,  I  could  go  to  a  point 
within  view,  which  will  most  probably  be  our  place  of  en- 
campment to-morrow  night. 

On  my  return  to  the  boat,  killed  some  pigeons  and  wild 
ducks,  and  saw  a  flock  of  turkies.  Lisa  and  his  men  con- 
tinued at  work  by  torch  light  until  late  at  night,  every  man 
who  could  assist  was  busily  employed. 

Wednesday  8th.  Last  night  having  finished  our  mast,  we 
had  it  put  up  this  morning  before  day,  and  at  day  break  set 
ofif  on  our  voyage.  Weather  [77]  cool,  but  no  wind,  and 
the  sun  apparently  regaining  his  empire. 

Passed  through  a  country  in  the  course  of  this  day,  chiefly 
open,  with  very  little  wood.  The  river  very  wide:  in  one 
place  it  appeared  to  me  two  miles.  Encamped  at  the  fall- 
ing in  banks,  or  grand  eboulment.  Wind  has  entirely  abated. 
In  nearly  all  the  bends  there  are  a  great  many  fallen  trees, 
the  bank  being  acted  upon  by  the  current,  appears  to  have 
fallen  in  with  every  thing  growing  upon  it.  We  often  pass 
between  these  trees  and  the  shore. 

Thursday  gth.  Set  off  at  day  light  —  continued  a  short 
distance  under  sail  with  a  light  breeze. 

Several  of  the  men  are  sick;  one  has  a  pleurisy,  and  others 
slight  fevers  and  coughs,  from  frequent  exposure  in  the 
water. 

There  appear  to  be  no  hills  or  bluffs  on  the  N.  E.  side, 
the  whole  distance  to  the  Platte. 


76  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

Encamped  some  distance  above  a  hill,  called  V  oeil  aujery 
from  an  Indian  chief  who  was  scaffolded  here  some  years 
ago.^' 

Friday  loth.  A  dreadful  storm  raged  during  the  whole 
of  last  night.  Set  off  this  morning  under  sail,  in  expecta- 
tion of  reaching  the  Platte  [78]  before  twelve,  but  in  the 
course  of  an  hour  it  failed  us,  and  changed  to  N.  W.  At 
ten,  it  became  so  violent  that  we  were  compelled  to  put  to 
shore,  where  we  remained  until  towards  evening,  and  then 
attempted  to  proceed,  but  finding  the  wind  too  strong, 
again  landed  and  encamped,  having  passed  the  mouth  of 
the  Platte.  At  the  mouth  of  this  river  there  is  so  great  a 
number  of  bars  and  small  islands,  that  its  entrance  is  scarcely- 
perceptible.  It  enters  by  a  number  of  channels  or  mouths: 
the  color  of  its  waters  is  the  same  with  that  of  the  Missouri. 
The  country  hereabouts,  is  entirely  open,  excepting  in  some 
spots  along  the  river,  where  there  are  groves  of  cotton- wood, 
and  on  the  hills  a  few  scattered  dwarf  oaks. 

Saturday  nth.  The  wind  continues  too  high  to  proceed. 
This  morning  we  advance  about  three  miles,  and  encamp 
until  near  noon  —  very  cold. 

Set  off  with  my  gun  to  take  a  walk  into  the  country. 
Traversed  the  prairie  which  had  been  burnt,  and  reached 
the  high  land  about  three  miles  distant;  the  ground  rises 
gradually  to  the  height  of  about  two  hundred  feet,  and  then 
assumes  an  irregular  surface.  The  other  side  of  [79]  the 
Missouri  appears  extremely  bare.  I  wandered  towards  the 
Platte,  or  rather  to  the  point  of  the  upland  between  this 
river  and  the  Missouri,  which  commands  a  very  extensive 
prospect.  I  discovered  a  great  extent  of  open  country, 
grounds  gently  rising,  with  a  soil  every  where  extremely  rich. 


*•  Lewis  and  Clark  met  hereabouts  an  Oto  chief  whom  they  called  Iron  Eyes. 
There  is  a  bluff  on  the  river  still  called  Iron  Eye  Hill.  On  the  Siouan  custom  of 
scaffolding  the  dead,  see  Bradbury's  description  of  a  Mandan  cemetery. —  Ed. 


i8ii]  Brackenridge  s  "Journal  yy 

The  Platte  is  full  of  islands  and  sand  bars,  and  appears  as 
wide  as  the  Missouri.  On  my  return,  I  saw  several  Indian 
mounds. 

On  reaching  camp  I  found  that  the  wind  had  abated,  and 
that  the  river  was  rising  fast. 

The  river  Platte  is  regarded  by  the  navigators  of  the  Mis- 
souri as  a  point  of  as  much  importance,  as  the  equinoctial 
line  amongst  mariners.  All  those  who  had  not  passed  it 
before,  were  required  to  be  shaved,  unless  they  could  com- 
promise the  matter  by  a  treat.  Much  merriment  was  in- 
dulged on  the  occasion.  From  this  we  enter  what  is  called 
the  Upper  Missouri.  Indeed  the  change  is  perceptible  and 
great,  for  the  open  bare  plains,  now  prevail.  A  close  wood 
is  not  to  be  seen,  but  the  face  of  the  land  so  varied  as  to  be 
pleasing  and  picturesque.  The  river  Platte  rises  in  the 
same  mountains,  with  the  Missouri  and  is  little  short  of 
two  [80]  thousand  miles  in  length,  but  affords  little  naviga- 
tion, owing  to  the  great  number  of  shoals  and  quicksands 
which  its  channel  contains.  Various  Indian  nations  reside 
upon  it,  the  Missouris,  Ottos,  Panis,  and  others.  This  river 
takes  its  rise  with  the  Rio  del  Norte,  and  with  the  Colerado 
of  California,  and  flows  through  an  open  country  like  the 
Missouri. 

CHAPTER  IV" 

Council  Bluffs  —  Blackbird  Hills  —  Maha  villages  —  Dis- 
appointment in  not  overtaking  Hunt  —  Floyd's  Bluff. 

Sunday  i^th  \i.  e.,  12th].  Weather  pleasant  —  the  river 
rising  rapidly;  the  drift  wood  descends  in  great  quantities, 
and  the  current  seems  to  augment  every  moment.    We  were 

'^  Notes  upon  the  following  subjects  mentioned  in  this  chapter  are  found  in 
Bradbury's  Travels,  vol.  v  of  our  series:  McClellan's  (Crooks's)  post,  note  41; 
Registre  Loisel  (L'Oiselle),  note  105;  Blackbird,  notes  47  and  48;  Omaha  (Maha) 
Indians,  note  49;  Big  Elk,  note  52;  Ponca  Indians,  note  63;  Sergeant  Floyd,  note 
56.—  Ed. 


78  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

enabled  to  ascend  the  greater  part  of  this  morning  with 
the  towing  line. 

[81]  In  the  afternoon,  some  distance  above  the  old  Otto 
village,  S.  W.  side,  I  went  on  shore,  and  wandered  several 
miles  through  shrubby  hills,  and  saw  several  elk  and  deer, 
without  being  able  to  approach  them.  Towards  evening  I 
entered  a  charming  prairie,  and  of  the  richest  soil.  Followed 
a  rivulet  untU  it  formed  a  lake  in  the  river  bottom,  its  banks 
for  six  or  eight  feet  a  rich  black  earth.  In  pursuing  the 
upland  I  might  have  fallen  upon  the  Missouri  six  miles 
above,  in  the  distance  of  a  mile,  the  river  forming  here  a 
considerable  bend.  The  prairies  or  meadows  to  the  water's 
edge,  enabled  us  to  continue  the  greater  part  of  this  day 
with  the  line. 

Monday  i^th.  Water  falling  —  continued  with  the  tow- 
ing line.  At  ten,  a  fine  breeze  springing  up,  hoisted  sail. 
Passed  the  river  a  Boyer,  and  the  houses  of  M'Clelland, 
who  formerly  wintered  here.  Some  woody  country  herea- 
bouts; but  that  on  the  upland  is  very  inferior,  chiefly  shrubby 
oak.  A  short  distance  above  this  place  we  encountered  a 
very  difficult  and  rapid  current,  but  being  luckily  a  little 
aided  by  the  sail,  we  passed  tolerably  well.  We  have  now 
reached  the  highest  point  to  which  settlements  [82]  will 
probably  extend  on  the  western  side  for  many  years.  In 
the  evening  passed  high  clean  meadows,  called  the  Council 
bluffs,  from  the  circumstance  of  Lewis  and  Clark  having 
held  a  council  with  the  Otto  and  Missouri  Indians,  when 
ascending  this  river."  It  is  a  beautiful  scene.  Encamped 
four  miles  above  this  place  on  a  large  sand  bar.  The  Council 
bluffs  are  not  abrupt  elevations,  but  a  rising  ground,  covered 
-with  grass  as  perfectly  smooth  as  if  the  work  of  art.    They 


*'  The  original  Council  Bluffs  were  on  the  left  bank  of  the  river,  above  Omaha, 
very  near  the  later  site  of  Fort  Calhoun,  in  Washington  County,  Nebraska.  The 
name  was  afterwards  transferred  to  the  Iowa  city. —  Ed. 


i8ii]  Brackenridge's  journal  79 

do  not  exceed  in  height  thirty  or  forty  feet  above  the  plain 
below.  On  ascending,  the  land  stretches  out  as  far  as  the 
eye  can  reach,  a  perfect  level.  The  short  grass,  with  which 
the  soil  is  covered,  gives  it  the  appearance  of  a  sodded  bank, 
which  has  a  fine  effect,  the  scene  being  shaded  by  a  few 
slender  trees  or  shrubs  in  the  hollows.  In  the  course  of 
this  day  found  the  river  crooked  and  narrow :  it  appeared  in 
one  place  almost  closed  up  by  drift-wood  and  sawyers. 

Tuesday  i^h.  Set  off  with  a  slight  breeze  —  compelled 
by  heavy  rain  to  put  to  shore  for  some  hours;  after  which 
continued  under  a  fine  breeze  that  lasted  throughout  the 
day;  but  from  [83]  the  winding  course  of  the  river  we  were 
not  much  benefited  by  it. 

At  most  of  the  points  on  the  river,  the  timber,  principally 
cotton-wood,  is  large,  and  tolerably  close,  but  the  prairies 
and  upland  are  entirely  bare  of  trees.  The  prairies  compose 
more  than  two-thirds  of  the  margin  of  the  stream  —  the 
soil  extremely  rich:  for  the  three  first  feet,  generally  a 
light  mould,  another  stratum  is  a  deep  black,  almost  ap- 
proaching the  colour  of  coal,  but  not  hard  or  stiff;  the  lower 
stratum  is  marie.  I  have  no  doubt  but  that  these  natural 
meadows  would  yield  .surprisingly.  Encamped  at  the  be- 
ginning of  a  great  bend  of  the  river,  twelve  miles  round, 
and  not  more  than  three  hundred  paces  across. 

Wednesday  i§th.  Although  the  wind  is  favourable,  it 
was  of  no  use  to  us,  from  the  sudden  turns  of  the  river.  At 
twelve  hoisted  sail,  and  passed  the  Soldier's  river,  a  small 
stream.^'  After  doubling  some  points  we  came  into  a 
reach  of  some  extent;  wind  here  became  very  violent,  and 
blew  almost  a  tempest;  with  our  sail  reduced  to  half  its 
size  we  easily  encountered  the  strongest  current.  The  storm 
at  length  became  so  serious  that  it  was  deemed  imprudent 

'•  An  Iowa  affluent  of  the  Missouri,  the  origin  of  whose  name  is  apparently 
not  now  known. —  Ed. 


8o  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

[84]  to  continue  under  way.  The  air  was  darkened  by 
clouds  of  sand,  and  we  found  ourselves  at  the  upper  end  of 
the  reach,  in  the  midst  of  sawyers  and  planters,  our  situa- 
tion dangerous  in  the  extreme.  Nothing  but  our  great 
anxiety  to  force  our  voyage  would  have  justified  the  running 
such  a  risk.  It  was  almost  a  miracle  that  we  escaped.  Had 
our  boat  struck  a  sawyer  she  would  have  been  thrown  into 
the  trough  of  the  sea,  and  we  should  inevitably  have  per- 
ished. We  fortunately,  but  not  without  great  exertions, 
escaped  safely  to  the  shore,  where  we  remained  until  eve- 
ning; the  wind  abating,  proceeded  a  few  miles  further. 

Thursday  i6th.  A  tremendous  storm  of  thunder  and 
lightning  last  night  —  being  fortunately  in  a  good  harbor 
we  suffered  but  little.  Were  not  able  to  get  under  way  this 
morning  until  late.  A  fine  serene  morning,  strangely  con- 
trasted with  the  turbulence  of  last  night.  Came  in  sight  of 
the  hills,  S.  W.  every  one  bitterly  regretting  that  the  wind 
of  yesterday  could  not  serve  us  here,  where  there  is  a  view 
of  twelve  miles  up  the  river.  There  appears  to  reign  an 
unusual  calm,  the  sky  cloudless,  [85]  and  the  river  as  smooth 
as  a  mirror.  Words  cannot  convey  what  I  feel,  and  it  is 
only  the  lover  of  nature  that  could  understand  me. 

The  points  are  tolerably  wooded.  At  the  upper  end  of 
the  long  reach  we  saw  an  encampment  of  Hunt,  where  the 
party  seemed  to  have  remained  for  several  days,  judging 
from  the  quantity  of  wood  burned,  the  grass  trodden  down 
by  frequent  going  and  coming,  and  the  bones  of  buffaloe 
they  had  killed,  which  were  strewed  about.  It  also  appeared 
that  oars  had  been  made  here.  It  is  conjectured  that  this 
was  his  encampment  during  the  unfavorable  weather  we 
experienced  for  several  days,  near  the  river  Platte,  and 
against  which  we  had  to  struggle  so  severely.  If  this  be 
the  case,  it  is  not  more  than  six  or  seven  days  since  Hunt 
has  left  this  place.    Our  men  feel  new  animation  on  this 


i8ii]  Brackenridge's  yournal  8i 

unexpected  turn  of  fortune.  The  rushes  before  described 
are  now  rarely  seen  —  the  woods  more  free  from  under- 
growth. Encamped  before  sunset  on  a  sand  bar  below  la 
coupe  a  U  Oiselle. 

Friday  iph.  A  charming  morning  —  slight  indication  of 
wind  from  the  S.  E.  Passed  la  coupe  a  U  Oiselle.  This  name 
originated,  in  [86]  the  circumstance  of  a  trader  having  made 
a  narrow  escape,  being  in  the  river  at  the  very  moment  that 
this  cut-off  was  forming.  It  had  been  a  bend  of  fifteen  miles 
round,  and  perhaps  not  more  than  a  few  hundred  yards 
across;  the  gorge,  which  was  suddenly  cut  through  by  the 
river,  became  the  main  channel.  This  was  effected  in  a  few 
hours. 

While  remaining  a  short  time  at  a  sand,  bar  in  the  river, 
a  curious  phenomenon  occurred ;  the  sand  began  to  dissolve, 
and  every  instant  to  diminish  like  the  melting  of  snow,  it 
was  thought  prudent  to  embark  immediately.  This  I  am 
informed  is  not  unfrequent.  Bars  are  sometimes  formed 
during  the  continuance  of  a  single  flood,  but  being  princi- 
pally of  loose  sand,  without  anything  to  unite,  as  soon  as 
the  waters  begin  to  rise  again,  are  entirely  carried  off. 

At  ten  passed  a  similar  cut-off  called  la  coupe  a  Jacque. 
At  twelve  continued  under  sail,  made  several  long  reaches 
—  passed  the  Yellow  banks,  and  encamped  within  a  few 
miles  of  the  Black-bird  hill.  Throughout  this  day  the  river 
border  is  chiefly  wood. 

Saturday  i8th.  A  fine  breeze  S.  W.  At  seven  arrived 
at  the  Black-bird  hill.  As  this  is  [87]  one  of  the  curiosities 
of  the  Missouri,  a  description  may  be  amusing.  It  rises  on 
the  common  range  to  the  height  of  four  or  five  hundred  feet. 
The  Missouri  at  its  base,  begins  a  strange  winding  course, 
several  times  returning  upon  its  steps,  and  at  length  coming 
within  nine  hundred  yards  of  where  the  hills  first  approach; 
so  that  in  a  course  of  thirty  miles  the  Black-bird  hill  is  still 


82  Fjurly  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

near  us.  It  takes  its  name  from  a  celebrated  chief  of  the 
Mahas,  who  caused  himself  to  be  interred  on  the  top:  a 
mound  has  been  erected  on  the  pinnacle,  with  a  branch  stuck 
in  it,  a  flag  was  formerly  attached  to  it.  He  was  buried, 
sitting  erect  on  horse  back;  the  reason  which  he  gave  for 
choosing  this  spot,  was  that  he  might  see  the  traders  as 
they  ascended.  This  chief  was  as  famous  in  his  lifetime 
amongst  all  the  nations  in  this  part  of  the  world,  as  Tamer- 
lane or  Bajazet  were  in  the  plains  of  Asia;  a  superstitious 
awe  is  still  paid  to  his  grave.  Yet,  the  secret  of  his  great- 
ness was  nothing  more  than  a  quantity  of  arsenic,  which 
he  had  procured  from  some  trader.  He  denounced  death 
against  any  one  who  displeased  him,  or  opposed  his  wishes: 
it  is  therefore  not  surprising,  that  he,  who  held  [88]  at  his 
disposal  the  lives  of  others,  should  possess  unlimited  power, 
and  excite  universal  terror.  The  proud  savage,  whenever 
this  terrible  being  appeared,  rendered  the  homage  of  a  slave. 
The  gods  and  heroes  of  antiquity,  were,  perhaps,  little  better. 
We  may  learn  this  lesson,  that  ignorant  and  savage  man, 
is  most  effectually  ruled  by  fear,  or  superstitious  awe;  and 
in  comparison  with  these,  other  motives  have  but  little  force. 

At  four  o'clock,  got  through  the  last  bend,  and  hoisted 
sail,  with  a  fine  wind  —  sailed  along  some  hills,  S.  W.  side, 
and  encamped  amongst  some  cotton  wood,  in  a  low  bottom. 

Sunday  igth.  We  continued  our  voyage  this  morning  at 
daylight  where  we  remained  with  the  hope  of  reaching  the 
Maha  village  in  the  course  of  the  day.  Here  we  entertained 
sanguine  hopes  of  overtaking  the  party  of  Hunt,  and  with 
these  hopes  the  spirits  of  our  men,  almost  sinking  under 
extreme  labor,  were  kept  up;  their  rising  discontents,  the 
consequences  of  which  I  feared  almost  as  much  as  the  en- 
mity of  the  Indians,  were  by  the  same  means  kept  down. 
Shortly  after  starting  we  passed  along  some  precipitous 
bluffs,  rising  [89]  from  the  edge  of  the  water,  and  extending 


i8ii]  Brackenridge' s  Journal  83 

for  a  quarter  of  a  mile.  Some  of  them  were  faced  with  a 
curious  sand  rock  of  variegated  fantastic  hues;  at  the  first 
glance  resembling  the  decorations  of  a  theatre.  There  were 
mimic  groves,  the  representation  of  castles,  of  towns,  and 
landscapes;  on  more  attentive  examination  it  was  found  that 
this  deception,  was  produced  by  the  different  colors  and 
shades  of  the  rock. 

We  continued,  with  little  interruption  from  the  course  of 
the  river,  under  sail  until  twelve  o'clock,  when  we  came  in 
sight  of  the  trading  houses  near  the  village.  We  anxiously 
looked  towards  the  place,  and  endeavoured  to  descry  the 
party  of  Hunt ;  but  as  we  drew  near  we  found,  alas !  they  were 
not  there.  On  landing  we  saw  several  traders,  of  whom 
eager  inquiries  were  made,  who  informed  us  that  Hunt  had 
set  off  under  sail  ]our  days  before  our  arrival,  and  that  he 
must  have  ascended  rapidly.  This  was  calculated  to  de- 
press our  spirits  not  a  little,  being  now  on  the  borders  of 
the  Sioux  territory.  To  this  disappointment  was  added  the 
unfriendly  temper  of  those  tribes;  it  seems  they  have  learned 
that  a  number  of  traders  [90]  are  ascending  the  river,  in 
consequence  of  which,  instead  of  going  into  the  plains  as 
is  usual  at  this  season  of  the  year,  they  are  resolved  to  remain 
on  the  river,  with  a  determination  to  let  no  boats  pass:  that 
they  had  lately  murdered  several  white  traders,  and  were 
exceedingly  exasperated  at  the  conduct  of  Crooks  and 
M'Clelland.  These  gentlemen,  who  had  set  off  for  the  Upper 
Missouri,  having  been  compelled  by  a  party  of  the  Sioux 
to  stop  against  their  will,  affected  to  be  contented,  and  re- 
quested that  the  warriors,  excepting  five  or  six,  would  go 
and  bring  their  tribes,  in  order  to  trade;  they  had  no  sooner 
departed  than  the  traders  embarked  all  their  effects,  and 
pushed  into  the  stream;  the  Indians  who  had  been  left  with 
them  were  found  by  their  companions  tied.  This  conduct, 
which  was  unavoidable,  exasperated  the  nation  very  much, 


84  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

and  had  produced  a  serious  enmity,  the  consequences  of 
which  we  had  great  reasons  to  fear.  From  the  intimation 
of  the  traders,  we  were  induced  to  believe  that  Hunt  would 
be  glad  that  we  should  join  his  party,  and  that  a  sense  of 
the  common  danger  would  induce  him  to  wait  for  us.  It 
was  therefore  deemed  adviseable  to  despatch  a  messenger 
[91]  by  land,  who  might  overtake  him  at  the  Poncas  village, 
about  two  hundred  miles  further  by  water,  and  about  three 
day's  journey  by  land.  For  this  purpose  a  half  Indian  was 
hired,  and  set  off  immediately  in  company  with  Charboneau. 
As  the  wind  was  still  favorable,  and  blowing  fresh,  we  re- 
solved not  to  lose  a  moment,  and  therefore  set  off  without 
seeing  the  Big  Elk,  the  chief  of  the  Maha  village;  a  piece  of 
etiquette,  which  is  never  omitted  without  giving  offence:  a 
present  was  left  for  him,  with  a  talk,  explaining  the  reasons 
for  our  conduct.  The  village  is  situated  about  three  miles 
from  the  river,  and  contains  about  three  thousand  souls. 

After  having  remained  here  but  a  few  hours  we  again  em- 
barked, the  day  obscured  with  clouds,  and  the  wind  blowing 
with  great  violence.  The  clouds  of  sand  which  are  swept 
from  the  sand  bars,  incommoded  us  considerably.  Towards 
evening,  the  wind  having  spent  its  fury,  gradually  died 
away,  and  we  continued  under  oars  —  the  current  gentle. 
The  scenery  now  undergoes  an  entire  change;  forests  are 
seen  no  more;  the  wooded  portions  of  the  river  are  com- 
posed of  small  cotton- wood  trees,  whose  slender  [92]  and 
delicate  growth  have  a  much  more  beautiful  appearance 
than  the  huge  giants  on  the  lower  part  of  the  river.  The 
uplands  look  like  old  fields,  and  the  bottoms  are  rich  mead- 
ows. 

Shortly  before  sun-down  the  air  became  calm,  and  our  dis- 
turbed minds,  (such  is  the  effect  upon  our  feelings  of  the 
objects  which  surround  us)  appeared  to  grow  composed  as 
the  strife  of  the  elements  gave  way  to  calmness  and  serenity. 


i8ii]  Brackenridge' s  Journal  85 

We  had  been  suspended  between  hope  and  fear,  but  were 
now  disposed  to  think  all  would  be  well,  and  that  Hunt 
would  gladly  wait  for  us. 

About  a  mile  below  our  encampment  we  passed  Floyd's 
bluff  and  river,  fourteen  miles  from  the  Maha  village. 
Sergeant  Floyd  was  of  the  party  of  Lewis  and  Clark,  and 
was  highly  esteemed  by  them  and  his  loss  much  regretted. 
The  place  of  his  interment  is  marked  by  a  wooden  cross, 
which  may  be  seen  by  navigators  at  a  considerable  distance. 
The  grave  occupies  a  beautiful  rising  ground,  now  covered 
with  grass  and  wild  flowers.  The  pretty  little  river,  which 
bears  his  name,  is  neatly  fringed  with  willow  and  shrubbery. 
Involuntary  tribute  was  paid  to  the  spot,  by  the  feelings  even 
of  the  most  [93]  thoughtless,  as  we  passed  by.  It  is  several 
years  since  he  was  buried  here;  no  one  has  disturbed  the 
cross  which  marks  the  grave;  even  the  Indians  who  pass, 
venerate  the  place,  and  often  leave  a  present  or  offering 
near  it.  Brave,  adventurous  youth!  thou  art  not  forgotten 
—  for  although  thy  bones  are  deposited  far  from  thy  native 
home,  in  the  desert- waste ;  yet  the  eternal  silence  of  the  plain 
shall  mourn  thee,  and  memory  will  dwell  upon  thy  grave ! 

The  appearance  of  the  river  is  much  changed  —  it  con- 
tinues a  handsome  width,  with  a  diminished  current.  The 
banks  low,  and  the  trees  much  smaller  in  size ;  we  now  rarely 
see  a  large  tree.  The  bluffs  and  upland  on  the  N.  E.  side, 
are  not  high,  and  without  any  appearance  of  trees  and  shrubs. 

Monday  20th.  Passed  at  day  light  the  great  Sioux  river, 
which  takes  its  rise  in  the  plains,  between  the  Missouri, 
and  the  waters  of  the  lake  Winipec ;  it  is  five  or  six  hundred 
miles  in  length.'**  I  ascended  the  bluffs,  high  clay  banks 
of  sixty  or  an  hundred  feet.     The  current  is  here  very  strong. 

'"  Big  Sioux  River,  which  forms  the  boundary  between  the  present  states  of 
Iowa  and  South  Dakota,  heads  near  the  source  of  the  Red  River  of  the  North, 
which  drains  into  Lake  Winnipeg. —  Ed. 


86  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

We  ascended  along  the  sand  bars  with  difficulty  on  account 
of  the  wind,  which  blew  the  sand  in  our  [94]  faces,  and  our 
men  suffered  much  from  fatigue.  Hailed  a  trader  descend- 
ing in  a  large  canoe,  made  of  skins  of  the  buffaloe,  upwards 
of  twenty  feet  in  length,  who  wintered  at  the  river  a  Jaque. 
He  met  Hunt  eight  leagues  above  that  river,  proceeding 
with  a  fair  wind,  and  is  by  this  time  at  the  Poncas  village. 
These  skin  canoes  are  formed  by  stretching  the  skins  of  the 
buffaloe  over  the  red  willow,  of  which  a  kind  of  frame  is 
in  the  first  instance  prepared.  They  require  to  be  frequently 
exposed  to  the  sun,  and  dried,  as  they  would  otherwise  be- 
come too  heavy  from  the  quantity  of  water  absorbed. 

The  water  has  been  rapidly  rising  for  twenty-four  hours. 
The  sand  bars  are  all  covered  and  the  banks  in  many  places 
inundated. 

Tuesday  21st.  This  morning  fine,  though  somewhat  cool. 
Wind  increasing  from  the  N.  E.  Current  rapid,  but  for 
the  eddies  in  the  bends,  it  would  be  almost  impossible  to 
ascend.  There  are  but  few  embarras,  or  collection  of  trees, 
&c.  The  sand  bars  are  fringed  with  a  thick  growth  of 
willows,  immediately  behind  which  there  are  young  cotton- 
wood  trees,  forming  a  handsome  natural  avenue,  twenty 
or  thirty  feet  wide.  The  banks  are  [95]  very  low,  and  must 
be  inundated  every  season.  Passed  in  the  evening,  a  rapid 
of  frightful  appearance,  the  water,  in  the  middle  of  the 
river,  foaming  and  rolling  in  waves,  as  if  agitated  by  violent 
wind,  while  on  either  side  it  was  calm.  We  were  compelled 
to  pass  along  the  sand  bar,  and  through  the  willows.  It 
was  with  difficulty  that  we  could  obtain  dry  land  this  eve- 
ning, the  water,  in  most  places,  flows  into  the  woods.  In 
the  night,  the  water  had  risen  so  much  that  the  men  were 
compelled  to  abandon  their  encampment,  and  sleep  on  board. 
Very  little  prairie  in  the  course  of  the  day,  but  the  timber 
of  a  small  size. 


i8ii]  Brackenridge* s  Journal  87 

[96]  CHAPTER  V 

Frightful  rapids  —  News  of  Mr.  Henry  —  A  bufifaloe  —  The 
Poncas  —  Meet  the  Sioux  —  Overtake  Mr,  Hunt. 

Wednesday,  2^d  \i.  e.,  22d\.  A  delightful  day  —  the 
water  has  risen  to  its  utmost  height,  and  presents  a  vast 
expanse  —  the  current  uniformly  rapid,  in  some  places 
rolling  with  the  most  furious  and  terrific  violence.  One  of 
these  places,  below  Vermillion  creek,"  was  sufficient  to 
appal  the  stoutest  heart:  the  river  forms  an  elbow  at  the 
termination  of  some  bluffs,  the  water,  compressed  between 
them  and  the  sand  bar,  dashes  against  the  opposite  rocks. 
The  middle  of  the  river  appeared  several  feet  higher  than 
the  sides.  The  distance  to  cross,  before  we  could  reach 
the  opposite  eddy,  was  not  more  than  twice  the  length  of 
the  boat,  but  we  were  not  able  completely  to  effect  it,  being 
swept  down  with  the  rapidity  of  flight,  but  fell  into  the 
current  of  the  opposite  side,  before  it  had  [97]  gained  its 
full  force,  and  were  not  able,  without  great  difficulty,  to 
gain  the  eddy. 

The  high  waters  enable  us  to  cut  off  points,  which  is  no 
small  saving  of  the  distance.  The  waters  begin  to  fall, 
though  great  quantities  of  drift  wood  descend,  and  thirty  or 
forty  drowned  buffaloes  pass  by  us  every  day. 

I  observe  a  much  greater  variety  of  trees  and  shrubs, 
than  below,  and  some  altogether  new  to  me.  There  is  a 
shrub  which  the  French  call  graisse  de  boeuj,  bearing  a  red 
berry,  of  a  pungent  taste;  its  leaves,  though  smaller  and 
more  delicate,  bear  a  resemblance  to  those  of  the  pear  tree.'' 
In  the  hollows,  clumps  of  trees  are  usually  found,  but  what 

'^  Lewis  and  Clark  called  this  the  Whitestone  River  —  a  translation  of  its 
Indian  name,  Wassisha.  It  is  now  Vermilion  River,  in  South  Dakota,  with  a 
town  of  the  same  name  at  its  mouth. —  Ed. 

"  This  is  the  plant  called  buffalo-berry,  also  (by  Lewis  and  Clark)  rabbit- 
herry;  scientifically  it  is  shepherdia  argentea. —  Ed. 


88  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

surprises  me,  they  are  very  low,  some  of  the  oaks  and  ash 
are  eighteen  or  twenty  inches  in  diameter,  but  look  like 
orchard  trees,  and  have  much  greater  resemblance  to  reg- 
ular plantations  than  wild  woods. 

Thursday  2^d.  Water  falling  rapidly  —  a  fine  breeze 
S.  E.  sailed  until  eleven  —  passed  the  Hot,  or  Burning 
bluffs,  on  the  S.  W.  side.  Here  I  observed  enormous  masses 
of  pumice,  and  other  matter,  which  appeared  to  have  under- 
gone the  action  of  heat,  of  a  very  high  degree.  [98]  I  saw 
what  was  the  fragment  of  a  hill,  the  greater  part  at  present 
composed  of  pumice.  From  not  being  able  to  discover 
other  volcanic  substances,  I  concluded  these  effects  to  have 
been  produced  by  simple  ignition,  whether  of  coal  banks  or 
not,  I  was  unable  to  ascertain.  I  took  several  large  lumps 
of  the  pumice  lying  along  the  shore,  and  threw  them  into 
the  river,  and  found  that  they  floated.  In  one  place  the 
soil  seemed  to  have  all  burnt  away,  and  the  remains  looked 
like  some  old  ruined  building.  The  action  of  fire  was  every 
where  perceptible,  and  no  vegetation  could  be  discovered 
for  a  considerable  distance.  I  observed  no  volcanic  ap- 
pearances. 

About  noon,  we  espied  at  some  distance  before  us,  on 
a  sand  bar,  a  number  of  persons,  whom  we  at  first  took  to 
be  Indians,  but  on  a  nearer  approach  recognised  to  be 
whites.  On  coming  to  the  spot,  we  found  a  Mr.  Benit, 
the  Missouri  Company's  factor  at  the  Mandan  village.'* 
He  was  descending  in  a  small  batteaux,  loaded  with  peltry, 
with  five  men.  From  him  we  learn,  that  with  the  excep- 
tion of  the  Mandans,  Arikaras,  and  one  or  two  small  tribes,, 
all  the  nations  of  the  Missouri  are  inimical  to  [99]  the  whites^ 

^  Probably  this  was  Francis  M.  Benoit  (Benoist),  a  prominent  fiir-trader  of 
St.  Louis,  who  had  formerly  maintained  a  post  among  the  Oto  and  Pawnee.  He 
was  born  in  Canada  in  1768,  came  to  St.  Louis  in  1790,  and  was  occupied  with, 
Indian  trade  until  his  death  in  1819.  His  son,  Louis  C.  Benoist,  was  a  leading, 
St.  Louis  banker. —  Ed. 


i8ii]  Brackenridge' s  'Journal  89 

and  that  the  Sioux  have  broken  out  into  open  hostilities. 
Mr.  Benit,  about  eleven  o'clock  last  night,  in  passing  by 
some  fires  below  the  Poncas  village,  was  fired  on  as  he  sup- 
posed by  a  party  of  the  Yankton  band  of  Sioux,  which  was 
returned  by  him.  Benit  saw  nothing  of  the  party  of  Hunt, 
having  probably  passed  it  in  the  night  time.  He  also  in- 
formed us  that  Mr.  Henry  is  at  this  time  over  the  moun- 
tains, in  a  distressed  situation,  that  he  had  sent  word  of 
his  intention  to  return  to  the  Mandan  village  in  the  spring, 
with  his  whole  party. 

Proceeded  on  our  voyage  at  three  o'clock,  not  a  little  dis- 
heartened at  this  intelligence.  A  gloom  overspread  every 
countenance  except  that  of  Lisa,  who  seized  the  helm,  made 
an  encouraging  speech,  sent  round  the  grog,  and  then  raised 
the  song.  My  thoughts,  to  say  the  truth,  were  rather  un- 
pleasant, but  I  was  inclined  to  believe  that  if  the  danger 
was  such  as  we  were  led  to  believe,  the  party  of  Hunt  would 
wait  for  us;  or  if  an  attack  should  be  made  upon  him,  or 
he  compelled  to  descend  the  river,  we  should  hear  of  it  iff 
time  to  save  ourselves.  Mr.  Benit  and  an  American  hunter 
[100]  were  persuaded  to  return  with  us.  Passed  some  beau- 
tiful upland  N.  E.  side,  but  without  wood ;  after  a  beautiful 
regular  rise  of  twenty  or  thirty  feet,  resembling  a  sodded 
bank,  an  immense  level  plain  stretches  out,  bounded  only 
by  the  horizon.  The  hunter  informs  me  that  it  extends 
nearly  an  hundred  miles  with  little  variation.  Here  we 
remarked  a  Sioux  lodge,  or  tent,  made  of  the  dressed  skins 
of  the  elk,  of  a  conical  shape.  It  appears  to  be  the  custom 
of  these  people  to  leave  their  dead  in  tents  like  these,  in 
the  course  of  their  migrations,  until  it  is  convenient  for  them 
to  gather  up  their  remains. 

Friday  24ih.  Set  off  early  —  weather  warm.  The  water 
is  falling  very  fast  —  there  is  still  a  very  strong  current. 
Passed  bluffs  of  a  chalky  appearance,  perhaps  limestone. 


90  Bjurly  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

A  piece  of  ice  floated  by  us  this  morning,  probably  from 
the  breaking  up  of  some  of  the  northern  rivers,  which  have 
contributed  to  the  present  rise.  In  putting  off  from  a  bluff 
on  the  S.  W.  side,  to  cross  over,  my  attention  was  called  to 
an  object  which  attracted  the  notice  of  the  company.  A 
huge  buffaloe  bull  made  his  appearance  on  the  top  of  the 
bluff  standing  almost  at  the  edge  [loi]  of  the  precipice,  and 
looking  down  upon  us.  It  was  the  first  we  had  seen.  Long 
and  matted  wool  hung  over  his  head,  and  covered  his  huge 
shoulders,  while  his  body  was  smooth,  as  also  the  tail,  ex- 
cept a  turf  at  the  end.  It  was  a  striking  and  terrific  object: 
he  eyed  us  with  the  ferocity  of  the  lion,  seemed  at  length 
to  "snuff  the  tainted  breeze:"  threw  his  head  into  the  air, 
wheeled  round  and  trotted  off.  It  was  fifteen  minutes  be- 
fore he  disappeared  entirely,  and  I  continued  to  follow  him 
with  my  eyes,  with  a  kind  of  delight.  I  was  told  he  had 
gone  to  join  his  comrade;  the  males  at  this  season  of  the 
year  always  go  in  pairs,  a  singular  fact  in  the  natural  history 
of  the  animal. 

Had  a  fine  breeze  towards  evening  —  which  enabled  us 
to  make  five  or  six  miles  more  than  we  expected. 

Saturday  25th.  This  morning  ran  aground,  and  were 
detained  several  hours.  Passed  the  river  a  Jaqtie;  the 
principal  rendezvous  of  the  traders  with  the  Yankton  Sioux. 
It  is  a  large  handsome  stream,  navigable  several  hundred 
miles,  with  more  wood  on  its  borders  than  is  generally 
found  in  this  part  of  the  country.  [102]  Immediately  at 
the  mouth  there  is  an  open  wood,  of  ash  and  cotton 
trees. 

Sunday  26th.  At  daylight,  discovered  a  canoe  descend- 
ing with  two  men,  who  prove  to  be  those  sent  by  us, 
to  Hunt.  They  bring  us  the  pleasing  information,  that 
Hunt,  in  consequence  of  our  request,  has  agreed  to  wait 
for  us,  at  the  Poncas  village. 


i8ii]  Brackenridge's  Journal  91 

Saw  some  buffaloe  to  day,  and  with  Mr.  Lisa,  went  sev- 
eral miles  in  pursuit  of  them,  but  without  success. 

Passed  a  beautiful  island  U  isle  a  bon  homme,  upon  which 
there  are  the  remains  of  an  ancient  fortification."  In  the 
evening  our  hunter  killed  a  buffaloe,  upon  which  we  all 
feasted. 

It  is  becoming  very  warm  in  the  middle  of  the  day,  and 
our  men  suffer  considerably  from  the  heat  of  the  sun.  As 
we  had  no  wind  this  morning,  and  ascended  with  the  cor- 
delle,  I  made  my  escape  from  the  boat  with  my  rifle.  Passed 
through  a  most  delightful  prairie,  the  grass  short  and  close, 
of  a  deep  blue,  and  intermixed  with  a  great  variety  of 
beautiful  flowers.  With  what  delight  could  I  roam  over 
these  lovely  meads,  if  not  under  restraint  from  the  fear 
of  meeting  some  party  of  Indians,  who  [103]  may  be  lurk- 
ing about.  The  plain  was  strewed  with  the  ordure  of  the 
buffaloe,  which  gave  it  the  appearance  of  an  immense  pas- 
ture field.  We  discovered  this  morning,  a  great  deal  of 
smoke  up  the  river,  which  we  suppose  to  have  been  made 
by  the  Indians,  in  order  to  give  notice  of  our  approach; 
some  of  their  scouts  having  probably  discovered  us.  This 
is  the  usual  mode  of  giving  warning;  the  ordure  of  the  buf- 
faloe is  gathered  up  in  heaps,  and  fire  set  to  it;  and  such 
is  the  clearness  of  the  atmosphere,  that  this  smoke  can  be 
easily  discerned  at  the  distance  of  ten  or  twenty  miles. 

The  scenery  this  evening  is  beautiful  beyond  any  thing 
I  ever  beheld.  In  spite  of  every  injunction  to  the  contrary, 
I  could  not  help  wandering  a  few  miles  from  the  boat.  The 
sky  as  clear  as  that  represented  in  Chinese  painting. 
The  face  of  the  country  enchanting.  The  flowery  mead, 
the  swelling  ground,  the  romantic  hill,  the  bold  river,  the 

**  Bon  Homme  Island  retains  its  name,  and  this  has  been  extended  to  a  South 
Dakota  county  and  town.  The  fortification  which  Brackenridge  mentions  Lewis 
and  Clark  described  in  much  detail.  For  drawings  thereof,  see  Original  Journals 
of  Lewis  and  Clark  Expedition  (New  York,  1904). —  Ed. 


92  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

winding  rivulet,  the  groves,  the  shrubberies,  all  disposed 
and  arranged  in  the  most  exquisite  manner.  No  idea  can 
be  conveyed  to  the  mind,  but  by  recurring  to  one  which 
would  be  as  sad  as  this  is  pleasing.  Suppose  for  a  moment, 
the  most  [104]  beautiful  parts  of  France  or  Italy  should  at 
once  be  divested  of  their  population,  and  with  it  their  dwell- 
ings and  every  vestige  of  human  existence  —  that  nothing 
but  the  silent  plains  and  a  few  solitary  groves  and  thickets 
should  remain,  there  would  then  be  some  resemblance  to  the 
scenery  of  the  Missouri;  though  the  contemplation  would 
produce  grief  instead  of  pleasure.  Yet  even  here,  I  could 
not  but  feel  as  if  there  existed  a  painful  void  —  something 
wanting — "a  melancholy  stillness  reigns  over  the  intermin- 
able waste" —  no  animated  beings  — 

scarce  an  insect  moves 

Its  filmy  wing  —  and  o'er  the  plain,  naught  breathes 
But  scouling  blasts,  or  th'  eternal  silence 
Breaks  —  save  when  the  pealing  thunder  roars. 

In  fact,  I  saw  no  living  thing  in  the  course  of  my  evening 
ramble,  except  a  few  buzzing  insects.  But  there  is  a  pleas- 
ure in  giving  wing  to  fancy,  which  anticipates  the  cheerful 
day  when  this  virgin  soil  will  give  birth  to  millions  of  my 
countrymen.  Too  happy,  if  my  after  fame  might  but  sur- 
vive on  the  plains  of  the  Missouri.  If  the  vast  expanse  of 
ocean  is  considered  as  a  sublime  spectacle,  this  is  even 
[105]  more  so;  for  the  eye  has  still  greater  scope,  and,  in- 
stead of  its  monotony,  now  reposes  upon  the  velvet  green, 
or  feeds  on  the  endless  variety  of  hill  and  dale.  Instead 
of  being  closed  up  in  a  moving  prison,  deprived  of  the  use 
of  our  limbs,  here  we  may  wander  at  our  will.  The  mind 
naturally  expands,  or  contracts,  to  suit  the  sphere  in  which  it 
exists  —  in  the  immeasurable  immensity  of  the  scene,  the 
intellectual  faculties  are  endued  with  an  energy,  a  vigor, 
a  spring,  not  to  be  described. 


i8ii]  Brackenrtdge  s   'Journal  93 

The  water  has  fallen  considerably,  and  the  current  is 
much  lessened. 

Monday  zyih.  Had  to  oppose  a  contrary  wind  until 
eleven.  While  exerting  ourselves  to  pass  a  difficult  and 
dangerous  rapid,  Lisa  who  was  at  the  head  of  the  boat, 
with  the  grappling  hook,  fell  overboard,  and  narrowly  es- 
caped being  drowned.  Our  boat  floated  down  the  stream. 
When  we  renewed  the  attempt,  strange  to  tell,  it  was  my 
turn  to  fall  over,  while  exerting  myself  with  a  pole,  in  the 
afterpart:  I  was  near  being  swept  away  by  the  swiftness 
of  the  current,  but  by  good  luck  seized  the  steering  oar, 
and  drew  myself  into  the  [106]  boat,  before  the  accident 
was  perceived  by  more  than  two  or  three. 

At  one,  arrived  at  the  Poncas  village.  On  our  approach 
we  found  all  the  inhabitants  crowded  to  the  bank,  and 
several  had  waded  into  the  water  up  to  the  waist.  The 
greater  part  of  the  men  were  naked;  the  women  and  chil- 
dren filthy  and  disgusting.  Two  of  the  chiefs  came  on  board, 
and  immediately  began  to  beg;  —  ''Take  pity  on  us,  stran- 
gers —  we  are  very  poor  —  we  have  no  knives  to  cut  our 
meat,  but  are  obliged  to  tear  it  with  our  nails  —  we  have 
no  guns  —  we  have  no  powder  —  or  lead  — take  pity  on 
us,  we  are  very  poor."  This  is  the  contemptible  whine 
of  nearly  all  the  nations  of  the  Missouri.  We  made  a  few 
presents;  the  principal  chief  then  begged  for  some  whiskey, 
a  small  dram  was  given  him,  which  we  afterwards  regretted, 
for  in  a  few  moments  he  became  troublesome  —  looked 
like  a  mad  monkey,  his  teeth  chattered,  his  tongue  moved 
incessantly,  and  his  countenance  underwent  a  thousand 
ridiculous  contortions  and  grimaces.  It  was  with  much 
difficulty  we  could  get  him  out  of  the  boat;  when  he  was 
led  to  the  edge,  he  appeared  to  be  afraid  to  step  off,  though 
the  [107]  boat  was  almost  touching  the  shore;  his  limbs 
quaked,  he  burst  into  tears,  and  bellowed  like  an  ox;  it 


94  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

was  found  absolutely  necessary  to  lift  him  out  and  set  him 
on  the  ground.  He  had  no  sooner  touched  it,  than  this 
babe,  was  converted  into  a  ferocious  demon:  he  seized  a 
huge  limb  of  a  tree,  and  fell  on  the  crowd  of  warriors, 
women,  and  children,  and  laid  about  him  with  the  utmost 
fury;  these  stumbled  over  each  other,  and  ran  off  helter 
skelter,  exhibiting  a  scene  truly  ludicrous. 

We  could  obtain  no  information  here,  further  than,  that 
Hunt  had  gone  ofif  three  days  before,  but  we  suppose  in 
order  to  wait  for  us  a  short  distance  above.  Proceeded  on 
our  voyage  and  encamped  at  the  mouth  of  the  Qui  Courre, 
four  miles  above  the  village.'*  In  the  evening,  two  men 
who  proved  to  be  deserters  from  the  party  of  Hunt,  came 
to  us  with  very  unwelcome  intelligence.  It  seems  that 
Hunt,  was  much  astonished  to  find  from  our  messengers 
that  we  were  so  near;  but  fearing  to  be  passed,  had  sent 
us  a  feigned  answer  in  order  to  conceal  his  real  design, 
which  was  to  make  all  possible  haste  to  keep  out  of  our 
reach.  In  order  to  affect  this,  he  was  now  making  every 
possible  [io8]  exertion.  Our  suspicions  are  now  fully  con- 
firmed —  Hunt  is  apprehensive  that  Lisa  will  endeavour  to 
pass,  and  then  induce  the  Sioux  to  stop  him,  or  he  is  him- 
self resolved  upon  securing  his  passage  by  the  same  means. 
Such  is  the  effect  of  this  unhappy  distrust;  this  want  of 
mutual  confidence,  I  fear,  may  in  the  end,  prove  equally 
injurious  to  us  all.  Nothing  is  now  left  for  us,  but  to  push 
our  voyage  with  greater  vigor  than  ever. 

Tiusday  28th.  Weather  smoky,  and  extremely  warm. 
High  land  on  both  sides  of  the  river,  with  some  dwarf  trees 
in  the  hollows,  principally  cedar.  At  ten,  a  fine  breeze 
springing  up,  we  continued  under  sail  the  rest  of  the  day, 
and  determining  to  strain  every  nerve,  in  order  to  overtake 

"  The  French  name  of  the  present  Niobrara  River  was  L'eau  qui  court  (rapid- 
running  water). —  Ed. 


i8ii]  Brackenridge' s  journal  95 

Hunt,  we  resolved  to  run  the  risk  of  sailing  after  night, 
and  fortunately  it  happened  to  be  moonlight.  We  con- 
tinued under  way  until  eleven  o'clock.  As  the  water  was 
in  a  middling  stage,  there  was  danger  of  running  aground, 
and  being  detained  several  days.  But  little  confidence  can 
be  placed  in  the  soundings,  on  account  of  the  bends  of  the 
river,  and  the  sudden  changes  from  deep  to  shoal  water. 
[109]  There  is  scarcely  any  lowland  from  the  Qui  Courre  — 
the  country  hilly. 

Wednesday  zgth.  After  lying  by  a  few  hours,  at  one 
o'clock,  again  continued  under  sail  —  but  the  moon  dis- 
appearing, and  it  becoming  dark,  it  was  thought  adviseable 
to  lie  by  until  day-light.  The  hills  hereabout,  high  and 
broken,  and  little  or  no  river  bottom  on  either  side.  At 
two  o'clock,  arrived  at  a  beautiful  island,  called  Little 
Cedar  island,  on  which  grows  fine  cedar,  the  trees  un- 
commonly large."  This  is  a  delightful  spot,  the  soil  of 
the  island  is  rich,  and  it  may  contain  about  three  thousand 
acres  —  the  middle  of  the  island  is  a  beautiful  prairie, 
but  the  adjacent  country  is  bleak  and  barren.  At  the  point 
of  the  island,  discovered  an  encampment  of  Hunt,  and  on 
examination,  we  discovered,' to  the  great  joy  of  the  company 
that  the  fire  was  not  yet  extinguished;  it  is  therefore  but 
a  few  days  since  he  was  here.  Continued  under  sail  until 
eleven  at  night,  having  in  little  better  than  twenty-four 
hours,  made  seventy-five  miles. 

Thursday  ^oth.  This  morning,  favoured  with  a  con- 
tinuance of  fair  wind.  The  country  is  exceedingly  rough 
and  broken  —  the  greater  [no]  part  without  the  least  vege- 
tation. The  hills  have  a  very  singular  appearance.  Near 
the  top  they  look  black,  and  seem  to  have  been  burnt. 

^  This  was  the  first  of  the  islands  bearing  this  name,  which  is  still  retained. 
It  is  in  Gregory  County,  South  Dakota.  The  second  is  near  Chamberlain.  See 
Bradbury's  Travels,  vol.  v  of  our  series,  note  67. —  Ed. 


96  E,arly  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

About  noon,  saw  some  tracks,  which  we  supposed  to  be 
of  yesterday. 

In  the  evening,  passed  a  very  fine  stream,  called  White 
river,  about  three  hundred  yards  wide  at  the  mouth." 
Here  there  is  some  bottom  land,  and  wood  points;  the  hills 
covered  with  grass.  Heard  several  gun  shots,  which  we 
supposed  to  have  been  from  the  party  of  Hunt.  This 
evening  the  wind  abated. 

Friday  ^ist.  This  morning,  a  contrary  wind,  and  some 
rain.  Proceeded  with  the  cordelle.  In  the  course  of  the 
day,  saw  a  large  flock  of  antelopes  —  they  appear  to  be 
numerous  in  this  part  of  the  country.  Observed  in  the  sand, 
a  number  of  Indian  tracks,  and  a  place,  where  it  appeared 
that  the  boats  of  Mr.  Hunt  had  stopped  with  the  Indians 
some  time.  One  of  our  men  discovered  a  curious  place, 
contrived  by  the  Indians,  for  taking  fish;  it  was  something 
like  a  fish  basket  —  we  found  two  fine  catfish  in  it. 

When  about  to  put  into  the  river,  to  cross  to  a  point, 
we  discovered  three  buffaloes,  swimming  [i  11]  towards  us, 
and  contrary  to  the  precautions  we  had  agreed  to  observe, 
in  making  no  noise,  (lest  we  should  be  discovered  by  the 
Indians,  who  were  probably  in  the  neighborhood)  a  firing 
was  commenced  upon  the  poor  animals,  which  continued 
half  an  hour.  The  report  of  the  guns,  as  might  have  been 
foreseen,  brought  an  Indian  to  the  top  of  the  hill,  but 
we  were  too  far  in  the  river,  to  return  to  him,  or  to  be 
heard. 

Towards  evening,  the  boat  having  received  some  injury, 
were  compelled  to  stop  —  I  went  in  pursuit  of  a  buffaloe 
calf  —  on  my  return,  found  the  party  somewhat  uneasy 
on  account  of  the  length  of  my  stay,  having  been  drawn 
by  the  eagerness  of  pursuit  to  a  considerable  distance.    Set 

"  White  River  rises  in  northeastern  Nebraska  and  flows  through  South 
Dakota,  emptying  into  the  Missouri  in  Lyman  County. —  Ed. 


i8ii]  Brackenridge* s  'Journal  97 

off  again,  and  continued  to  drag  the  boat  along  until  late 
at  night.    The  men  much  fatigued. 

Saturday,  June  ist.  At  daylight  we  heard  the  firing  of 
guns  on  the  hills  below  us,  on  the  other  side  of  the  river; 
and  concluded  that  all  our  precautions  and  extraordinary 
exertion  had  been  vain;  that  we  should  be  robbed  and 
killed,  or  at  least  compelled  to  return;  for  it  was  in  vain  to 
think  of  ascending  the  river  if  these  [112]  people  were  deter- 
mined to  oppose  us.  In  a  short  time  they  made  their  ap- 
pearance on  the  opposite  sand  beach,  hoisted  an  Ameri- 
can flag,  and  fired  a  few  shots.  There  was  but  one  thing 
to  be  done,  which  was  to  cross  over  to  them  at  once,  and 
meet  the  worst,  every  man  preparing  himself  for  defence. 
Each  rower  had  his  gun  by  his  side,  and  Lisa  and  myself 
beside  our  knives  and  rifles  had  each  a  pair  of  pistols  in 
our  belts.  On  reaching  the  shore,  we  discovered  twelve 
or  thirteen  Indians  seated  on  a  log  of  wood,  but  we  supposed 
the  principal  body  of  them  were  concealed  in  the  woods, 
so  as  to  be  at  hand  if  required.  Lisa  and  I  leaped  ashore, 
and  shook  hands  with  them.  Having  no  interpreter  at 
this  critical  juncture,  we  were  fearful  of  not  being  under- 
stood: however,  with  the  aid  of  certain  signs  which  form 
a  kind  of  universal  language  amongst  the  Indians,  and  with 
which  Lisa  was  acquainted,  he  was  enabled  to  hold  a  con- 
versation. He  told  them  that  he  was  their  trader,  but  that 
he  had  been  very  unfortunate,  for  all  the  peltries  which  he 
had  collected  among  them,  as  they  well  knew,  had  been 
burnt  the  year  before;  while  his  young  men,  who  had  passed 
up  to  [113]  the  head  of  the  river,  had  been  greatly  distressed 
by  the  natives  of  those  parts,  who  were  bad  people.  That 
he  was  now  poor  and  much  to  be  pitied,  and  was  on  his  way 
to  bring  back  his  young  men,  having  resolved  to  leave  the 
upper  country.  He  concluded,  by  requesting  the  chief  to 
give  notice  to  all  the  Sioux  bands  that  in  three  months  he 


98  Rarly  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

would  return  and  establish  a  trading  factory  for  them  at 
the  Cedar  island.  This  speech,  together  with  a  handsome 
present,  had  the  desired  effect;  though  not  without  apparent 
reluctance.  Remaining  as  short  a  time  as  possible,  we  re- 
crossed  the  river.  The  chief  is  a  fine  looking  Indian,  the 
others  were  very  young  men,  nearly  naked,  with  long  braids 
of  hair  hanging  over  their  foreheads,  and  confined  in  small 
tubes.  They  have  all  fine  features,  and  are  well  formed.  I 
observed  a  singular  appendage  to  their  moccasins;  a  fox's 
tail  was  fastened  to  the  heel,  and  which  trailed  along  the 
ground  as  they  walked.  It  is  two  days  since  Hunt  passed 
here. 

We  experienced  a  momentary  relief,  but  did  not  by  any 
means,  consider  ourselves  yet  safe.  It  is  possible  we  may 
have  passed  the  principal  body  of  the  Sioux  in  the  night, 
while  under  [114]  sail,  in  which  case,  they  will  be  able  to 
overtake  us  by  this  evening,  or  to-morrow  morning.  We 
therefore  resolved  not  to  remit  our  exertions. 

About  twelve  o'clock  we  reached  the  great  bend,  twenty 
miles  round,  and  but  one  mile  and  an  half  across  the  gorge. 
A  remarkable  part  of  the  river.  In  the  evening  there  was 
every  appearance  of  an  approaching  change  in  the  state  of 
the  atmosphere;  and  the  wind,  as  usual,  veered  gradually 
round  to  the  different  points  of  the  compass,  from  south  to 
east,  from  east  to  north,  and  from  north  to  west;  and  what 
appeared  almost  miraculous,  shifted  with  the  course  of  the 
river  so  as  to  enable  us  to  sail  with  a  favourable  wind,  nearly 
the  whole  way  round  the  bend.  In  this,  however,  we  were 
exposed  to  considerable  danger,  and  suffered  much  from  a 
very  heavy  rain.  Thus  favoured,  we  have  gained  a  day 
upon  Hunt. 

Sunday  2d.  Set  out  with  my  gun  early  this  morning 
on  the  S.  W.  side  of  the  river  —  walked  about  four  miles 
along  the  hills,  and  at  length  approaching  in  sight  of  the 


i8ii]  Brackenridge* s   'Journal  99 

point  where  the  great  bend  terminates,  I  descried  on  the 
opposite  side,  with  much  satisfaction,  the  boats  [115]  of 
Mr.  Hunt.  I  immediately  returned  to  give  the  joyful  in- 
telligence to  our  people.  On  coming  opposite  the  place 
where  I  had  seen  the  boats,  we  discovered  a  great  number 
of  Indians,  who  beckoned  to  us  to  cross;  but  supposing 
them  to  be  Sioux,  we  determined  to  continue  on  until  we 
should  overtake  the  party  before  us.  We  suffered  them  to 
shout,  to  gallop  their  horses,  and  to  wave  their  robes  un- 
noticed. Some  distance  above,  two  men  came  to  us,  who 
had  been  with  Hunt;  the  Indians  we  had  just  passed,  were 
a  party  of  three  hundred  Arikaras,  who,  on  hearing  of  our 
approach,  had  come  for  the  purpose  of  enabling  us  to  ascend. 
It  appears  also,  that  we  have  passed  all  the  Sioux  bands, 
who  had  been  seen  by  Hunt,  but  probably  finding  his  party 
too  strong,  they  had  resolved  to  stop  and  plunder  ours; 
that  we  must  have  passed  them  in  the  night,  or  under  sail, 
as  they  did  not  expect  to  hear  of  us  so  soon. 

At  eleven  o'clock  we  overtook  Hunt's  party,  to  the  satis- 
faction of  our  little  company.  It  was  with  real  pleasure  I 
took  my  friend  Bradbury  by  the  hand ;  I  had  reason  to  be- 
lieve our  meeting  was  much  more  cordial  than  that  of  [116] 
the  two  commanders.  Continued  under  sail  in  company 
the  rest  of  the  day,  forming  a  handsome  little  fleet  of  five 
sail.  Encamped  in  the  evening  opposite  the  larger  Cedar 
island,  twelve  hundred  miles  from  the  mouth  of  the 
Missouri.'* 

'*  This  was  the  Cedar  Island  upon  which  Loisel's  fort  stood;  see  Bradbury's 
TravtiSy  vol.  v  of  our  series,  note  105. —  Ed. 


lOO  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.6 

CHAPTER  VI «» 

Messrs.  Bradbury  and  Nuttal  —  An  excursion  —  Rupture 
between  the  leaders  of  our  parties  —  Arrival  at  the  Arika- 
ra  villages. 

Hitherto  the  rapidity  of  our  movements,  and  the  con- 
tinual anxiety  which  prevailed  amongst  us,  precluded  the 
possibility  of  making  any  distant  excursions,  or  of  observ- 
ing the  different  objects  which  came  under  our  notice,  with 
the  attention  I  could  have  wished.  These  inconveniences 
were  now  all  passed,  and  I  now  promised  myself  much 
pleasure  in  the  examination  [117]  of  the  country,  and  of  its 
productions;  as  well  as  much  information  from  the  society 
of  two  scientific  men.  I  had  little  or  no  practical  knowl- 
edge of  natural  history  myself,  and  thus  far  we  had  passed 
through  a  district  affording  little  else  to  excite  attention. 
The  surface  of  the  land  —  its  shape  —  its  appearances  — 
was  all  that  I  could  pretend  to  note  with  accuracy,  and  this 
only  on  the  immediate  borders  of  the  river.  We  are  now 
twelve  hundred  miles  from  the  mouth;  the  last  six  hundred, 
with  little  variation  composed  of  grassy  stepps,  with  open 
groves  at  intervals  along  the  margin  of  the  river,  and  on  the 
uplands  and  hollows  at  a  distance  from  it,  a  few  copses  of 
wood  and  shrubberies.  The  hills  of  no  great  elevation, 
scarcely  exceeding  those  on  the  Ohio,  and  like  that  through 
which  this  beautiful  river  holds  its  course,  a  region  entirely 
calcareous.  The  shores  of  the  river  are  seldom  bound  by 
rocks;  and  where  the  bluffs  or  higher  banks  are  precipi- 
tous, we  seldom  see  any  thing  but  enormous  masses  of  bare 
clay,  often  sixty  or  an  hundred  feet  in  height,  which  is  con- 
stantly crumbling  into  the  river.  The  limestone,  freestone, 
or  sandstone,  but  rarely  shews  itself  on  the  river.    [118] 

"  Notes  upon  the  following  subjects  mentioned  in  this  chapter  are  found  in 
Bradbury's  Travels,  vol.  v  of  our  series:  Ankara  Indians,  notes  76  and  83;  Chey- 
enne River,  note  8i;  Svu-warcarna  River,  note  82. —  Ed. 


i8ii]  Brackenridge  s  journal  loi 

From  this  it  will  be  seen,  that  to  the  mineralogist,  few  objects 
of  interest  are  found.  The  masses  of  pumice,  and  the  burnt 
bluffs  in  the  country  of  the  Poncas,  are  to  be  attributed 
most  probably  to  the  burning  of  coal  banks;  for  it  is  a  well 
known  fact,  that  such  have  been  known  to  bum  for  several 
years  without  being  extinguished;  and  why  may  not  the 
same  thing  have  occurred  here.  In  one  place  above  the 
Poncas  village,  the  river  is  bounded  on  both  sides  by  hills 
of  no  great  elevation,  bare  of  vegetation,  and  the  earth 
from  the  effects  of  burning,  in  nearly  the  whole  of  this  dis- 
tance, of  a  dark  color,  quite  hard  and  heavy,  as  if  contain- 
ing a  portion  of  iron.  Emetites  are  observed  in  consider- 
able quantities,  from  which  it  is  probable  that  iron  ore 
exists. 

Mr.  Bradbury  has  met  with  but  little  on  the  subject  of 
mineralogy;  but  has  been  very  successful  in  his  botanical 
researches.  He  has  encountered  nearly  an  hundred  unde- 
scribed  plants,  many  very  beautiful  and  curious.  Within 
a  few  days  he  finds  a  great  number  which  he  calls  Mexican. 
We  have  now  in  fact  reached  that  inclined  plain  over  which 
the  rivers  of  the  Provincias  Intemas,  run  into  the  [119]  Gulf 
of  Mexico.  There  are  also  many  alpine  plants,  by  which 
he  conjectures,  that  we  have  already  attained  a  much  greater 
height,  than  any  part,  of  the  Eastern  section  of  the  valley 
of  the  Mississippi.  Mr.  Bradbury,  in  company  with  some 
Indians  and  hunters  has  made  an  excursion  from  the  river 
Platte,  to  the  Otto  villages  on  that  river,  to  the  mouth  of 
Elkhom,  which  he  describes  as  a  deep  navigable  stream, 
containing  nearly  as  much  water  as  the  Thames  at  London 
bridge,  but  this  water  is  swallowed  up  in  the  shoals  and 
quicksands  of  the  river,  into  which  it  is  discharged.  He 
passed  for  one  hundred  and  fifty  miles,  through  a  delightful 
champaign  country,  of  rich,  open,  smooth  meadows,  the 
borders  of  the  streams  fringed  with  wood:  within  eight  or 


I02  Rarly  Western  Travels  [Vol.6 

ten  miles  of  the  Missouri,  the  country  is  more  broken  and 
hilly,  and  with  a  still  smaller  proportion  of  wood. 

There  is  in  company  a  gentleman  of  whom  I  have  already 
spoken,  Mr.  Nuttal,  engaged  in  similar  pursuits,  to  which 
he  appears  singularly  devoted,  and  which  seems  to  engross 
every  thought,  to  the  total  disregard  of  his  own  personal 
safety,  and  sometimes  to  the  [120]  inconvenience  of  the 
party  he  accompanies.  To  the  ignorant  Canadian  boat- 
men, who  are  unable  to  appreciate  the  science,  he  affords 
a  subject  of  merriment;  le  jou  is  the  name  by  which  he  is 
commonly  known.  When  the  boat  touches  the  shore,  he 
leaps  out,  and  no  sooner  is  his  attention  arrested  by  a  plant 
or  flower,  then  every  thing  else  is  forgotten.  The  inquiry  is 
made  ou  est  le  jou  ?  where  is  the  fool  ?  il  est  apres  ramassee  des 
racines,  he  is  gathering  roots.  He  is  a  young  man  of  genius, 
and  very  considerable  acquirements,  but  is  too  much  devoted 
to  his  favorite  pursuit,  and  seems  to  think  that  no  other  study 
deserves  the  attention  of  a  man  of  sense.  I  hope,  should 
this  meet  his  eye,  it  will  give  no  offence;  for  these  things, 
often  constituted  a  subject  of  merriment  to  us  both. 

The  day  after  this  fortunate  junction,  we  continued  our 
voyage,  but  were  opposed  by  a  strong  wind  from  the  N. 
E.  which,  compelled  us,  after  we  had  proceeded  a  few  miles, 
to  encamp  for  the  remainder  of  the  day. 

Took  my  gun,  and  set  off  to  make  an  excursion.  The 
country  is  altogether  open,  excepting  some  groves  of  cotton- 
wood  in  the  bottom.  [121]  The  upland  rises  into  consid- 
erable hills,  about  one  third  covered  with  a  very  short  grass, 
intermixed  with  a  great  variety  of  plants  and  flowers, 
the  rest  consists  of  hills  of  clay,  almost  bare  of  every  kind 
of  vegetation.  On  the  tops  of  the  higher  hills,  at  some  dis- 
tance from  the  river,  there  are  masses  of  granite,  of  several 
tons  weight,  and  great  quantities  of  pebbles.  In  the  course 
of  my  ramble,  I  happened  on  a  village  of  barking  squirrels. 


i8ii]  Brackenridge* s   ^Journal  103 

or  prairie  dogs,  as  they  have  been  called.  My  approach 
was  announced  by  an  incessant  barking,  or  rather  chirp- 
ing, similar  to  that  of  a  common  squirrel,  though  much 
louder.  The  village  was  situated  on  the  slope  of  a  hill, 
and  appeared  to  be  at  least  a  mile  in  length;  the  holes  were 
seldom  at  a  greater  distance  from  each  other  than  twenty 
or  thirty  paces.  Near  each  hole,  there  was  a  small  eleva- 
tion of  earth,  of  six  or  eight  inches,  behind  which,  the  little 
animal  posted  himself,  and  never  abandoned  it,  or  ceased 
the  demonstrations  of  alarm,  'insignificantly  fierce,'  until 
I  approached  within  a  few  paces.  As  I  proceeded  through 
the  village,  they  disappeared,  one  after  another,  before  me. 
There  was  never  more  than  one  at  each  hole.  I  had  [122] 
heard  that  the  magpie,  the  Missouri  rattle  snake,  and  the 
horn  frog,  were  observed  to  frequent  these  places;  but  I 
did  not  see  any  of  them,  except  the  magpie.  The  rattle 
snake  of  the  prairies,  is  about  the  same  length  with  the  com- 
mon rattle  snake,  but  more  slender,  and  the  color  white 
and  black. 

In  the  course  of  the  evening,  I  had  an  opportunity  of 
seeing  the  manner  in  which  the  antelope  is  taken  in  these 
open  plains,  where  there  is  no  possibility  of  approaching 
by  insidious  means.  A  handkerchief  is  placed  on  the  end 
of  a  ramrod,  and  waved  in  the  air,  the  hunter  lying  flat  on 
the  ground.  If  any  of  the  animals  be  in  sight,  they  run 
instantly  to  the  place,  and  perform  a  circuit  around,  ap- 
proaching often  within  twenty  or  thirty  yards,  which  gives 
an  opportunity  of  firing  on  them.  This  is  the  most  swift 
and  beautiful  little  animal  on  our  continent."  The  de- 
scription of  the  gazel  of  Africa,  the  favorite  theme  of  Ara- 
bian poetry,  might  be  applied  to  the  antelope  of  the  Missouri. 

"  The  American  antelope  {Antilocapra  americ&na)  was  first  made  known  to 
the  scientific  world  by  the  description  of  Lewis  and  Clark.  It  is  frequently  called 
"cabra,"  from  the  Spanish  word  for  goat. —  Ed. 


1 04  "Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

It  is  perhaps,  the  most  swift  of  all  animals;  and  the  most 
timid.  Its  course  over  the  country  is  more  like  flight,  than 
the  movement  of  a  quadruped.  Its  color  is  that  of  the  deer, 
but  [123]  in  shape  it  bears  a  greater  resemblance  to  the  goat, 
though  larger,  and  of  a  form  much  more  delicate;  I  often 
amuse  myself  with  watching  the  motions  of  this  little  animal. 

The  party  of  Mr.  Hunt  consists  of  about  eighty  men, 
chiefly  Canadians,  the  rest  are  American-hunters. 

Tuesday  ^h.  Set  off  at  seven  —  wind  contrary,  though 
not  so  strong  as  yesterday.  After  doubling  a  point,  we 
found  that  from  the  course  of  the  river,  the  wind  would  be 
favorable,  and  accordingly  sailed  for  eight  or  ten  miles. 
We  saw  at  the  mouth  of  a  small  creek,  a  herd  of  buffaloe  of 
all  sizes,  crowded  together,  to  the  number  of  several  hun- 
dred. We  immediately  debarked,  but  they  disappeared 
before  we  succeeded  in  killing  any  of  them.  The  appear- 
ance of  the  country  has  varied  but  little  for  several  days 
past.  Bleak  and  dreary  —  the  bottoms  narrow;  in  some 
places  none  at  all,  and  clay  bluffs. 

Wednesday  §th.  This  morning  after  proceeding  a  short 
distance  we  were  compelled,  by  rain,  to  put  to  shore,  where 
we  continued  until  towards  evening,  and  seeing  no  proba- 
bility that  the  weather  would  clear  up,  crossed  [124]  over 
to  the  S.  W.  side,  where  Hunt  and  his  party  were  encamped. 
On  the  side  we  had  left,  the  hills  approach  close  to  the  river, 
and  bare  of  vegetation;  the  earth  a  stiff  clay,  which  being 
now  moistened  by  the  rain  is  exceedingly  slippery.  On 
the  other  side  there  is  a  handsome  plain,  with  a  row  of  trees 
along  the  margin  of  the  river,  and  a  handsome  wood  along 
the  borders  of  a  little  rivulet  which  flows  across  the  plain. 
The  upland  rises  at  the  distance  of  a  quarter  of  a  mile,  to 
the  height  of  sixty  or  seventy  feet,  in  a  number  of  project- 
ing points,  or  hills.  On  ascending  this  ground  we  found 
ourselves  on  an  extended  plain,  upon  which  at  the  distance 


i8ii]  Brackenridge' s   'Journal  105 

of  a  few  miles  the  hills  rose  in  strange,  irregular  broken 
masses.  Mr.  Bradbury  and  I  took  a  stroll  from  the  camp, 
in  quest  of  specimens  and  adventures.  Before  reaching 
the  upland  we  observed  on  the  river  bottom  a  large  encamp- 
ment of  Sioux,  where  they  had  probably  remained  during 
winter,  from  the  traces  of  tents,  the  quantity  of  bones, 
and  the  appearance  of  the  ground.  Their  position  was  well 
chosen;  the  wood  of  the  Missouri,  and  that  of  the  streamlet 
I  have  just  mentioned,  at  [125]  right  angles  with  it,  formed 
two  sides  of  the  camp,  on  the  other  sides  there  is  an  open 
plain.  In  this  place  it  would  have  been  difficult  to  have 
attacked  them  by  surprise.  On  coming  to  the  upland  we 
found  the  points  of  the  hills  stony,  and  large  masses  of  de- 
tached rock  here  and  there  on  the  more  elevated  places. 
The  grass  short,  intermixed  with  many  beautiful  small 
flowers,  but  no  weeds.  A  few  prickly  pears  (cactus)  were 
seen,  but  of  a  small  size,  not  exceeding  a  few  inches  in 
length,  and  the  thorns  not  strong.  The  upland  was  at 
every  little  distance,  indented  with  ravines,  or  hollows, 
some  of  them  bare  of  soil  and  still  subject  to  the  washing 
of  the  rains,  others  well  covered  with  grass.  Upon  one  of 
these  projecting  points,  we  observed  at  some  distance  a 
small  group  of  buffaloes  lying  down.  Stealing  along  the 
brow  of  the  hill,  we  ascended  from  a  ravine,  approached 
within  thirty  or  forty  yards,  and  taking  aim  together,  fired 
at  a  cow  that  happened  to  be  nearest  to  us;  she  started  up 
and  bellowed,  the  others  seemed  to  be  but  little  alarmed, 
until  we  rose  up  and  advanced  towards  them,  when  they 
trotted  off  slowly  to  the  hills,' leaving  the  cow  who  went  [126] 
off  in  a  different  direction.  The  wounded  buffaloe,  or  deer, 
always  leave  the  herd.  I  pursued  her  for  some  distance, 
but  found  that  she  was  not  mortally  wounded.  The  flight 
of  these  alarmed  other  herds  which  were  feeding  at  a  dis- 
tance; there  was  something  picturesque  in  the  appearance  of 


io6  "Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.6 

these  herds  of  buffaloe,  slowly  winding  round  the  sides  of 
the  distant  hills,  disappearing  in  some  hollow  and  again 
emerging  to  view.  Wide  and  beaten  roads  formed  by  the 
passing  of  the  buffaloe,  may  every  where  be  seen.  While 
Mr.  Bradbury  was  engaged  in  collecting  specimens,  I  ran 
to  a  point  at  the  distance  of  a  mile,  where  I  saw  some  ante- 
lopes, and  had  the  good  fortune,  by  ascending  a  ravine  to 
approach  within  sixty  yards.  They  proved  to  be  six  females 
and  one  male;  the  latter  at  every  instant  performed  a  circuit 
in  a  small  trot,  and  then  suddenly  stopped  short,  as  if  to 
see  that  nothing  came  near.  The  tail  like  that  of  the  goat, 
and  perfectly  white,  the  limbs  small  and  delicate,  the  horns 
like  those  of  the  deer,  with  several  prongs,  but  they  are 
never  shed,  and  the  female  has  them  as  well  as  the  male, 
though  of  a  smaller  size.  On  shewing  myself  they  flew 
off,  and  I  [127]  had  scarce  time  to  reach  the  spot  they  left, 
until  they  reappeared  upon  another  point,  as  far  off  as  when 
I  first  saw  them.  We  saw  in  the  course  of  the  evening, 
several  wolves,  villages  of  prairie  dogs,  a  herd  of  elk,  and 
a  hare  of  the  species  called  lepus  variabilis,  its  color  was  at 
this  time  grey,  but  becomes  white  in  winter. 

On  our  return,  I  found  that  a  disagreeable  misunderstand- 
ing had  taken  place  between  the  two  chiefs  of  the  parties: 
The  interpreter  of  Mr.  Hunt,  had  improperly  relinquished 
the  service  of  the  company,  to  which  he  was  still  indebted. 
Mr.  Lisa  had  several  times  mentioned  to  him  the  impro- 
priety of  his  conduct,  and  perhaps  had  made  him  some  offers, 
in  order  to  draw  him  from  his  present  service.  This  was 
certainly  imprudent,  and  placed  him  in  the  power  of  a 
worthless  fellow,  who,  without  doubt,  retailed  the  conver- 
sation to  his  master,  with  some  additions.  This  evening, 
while  in  Hunt's  camp,  to  which  he  had  gone  on  some  busi- 
ness, he  was  grossly  insulted  by  the  interpreter,  who  struck 
him  several  times,  and  seized  a  pair  of  pistols  belonging 


i8ii]  Brackenridge' s   'Journal  107 

to  Hunt;  —  that  gentleman  did  not  [128]  seem  to  interest 
himself  much  in  the  affair,  being  actuated  by  feelings  of 
resentment,  at  the  attempt  to  inveigle  his  man.  On  my 
return  to  our  camp,  I  found  Mr.  Lisa  furious  with  rage, 
buckling  on  his  knife,  and  preparing  to  return:  finding  that 
I  could  not  dissuade,  I  resolved  to  accompany  him.  It 
was  with  the  greatest  difficulty  I  succeeded  in  preventing 
the  most  serious  consequences.  I  had  several  times  to 
stand  between  him  and  the  interpreter,  who  had  a  pistol 
in  each  hand.  I  am  sorry  to  say,  that  there  was  but  little 
disposition  on  the  part  of  Mr.  Hunt  to  prevent  the  mischief 
that  might  have  arisen.  I  must,  in  justice  to  him  declare, 
however,  that  it  was  through  him  that  Mr.  M'Clelland 
was  induced  not  to  put  his  threat"  in  execution,  having 
pledged  his  honour  to  that  effect.  I  finally  succeeded  in 
bringing  Lisa  off  to  his  boat.  When  it  is  recollected  that 
this  was  at  a  distance  of  a  thousand  miles  from  all  civil 
authority,  or  power,  it  will  be  seen  that  there  was  but  little 
to  restrain  the  effects  of  animosity.  Having  obtained,  in 
some  measure,  the  confidence  of  [129]  Mr.  Hunt,  and  the 
gentiemen  who  were  with  him,  and  Mr.  Bradbury  that  of 
Mr.  Lisa,  we  mutually  agreed  to  use  all  the  arts  of  media- 
tion in  our  power,  and  if  possible,  prevent  any  thing  serious. 
Thursday  6th.  Weather  clearing  up.  The  water  rising 
very  fast  —  supposed  the  annual  flood.  This  morning 
passed  the  ruins  of  an  Indian  village,  there  were  great  piles 
of  buffaloe  bones,  and  quantities  of  earthen  ware.  The 
village  appears  to  have  been  scattered  round  a  kind  of  cit- 
adel, or  fortification,  enclosing  four  or  five  acres,  and  of  an 
oval  form.  The  earth  is  thrown  up  about  four  feet,  there 
are  a  few  cedar  palisadoes  remaining.  Probably,  in  cases 
of  siege,  the  whole  village  was  crowded  into  this  space. 

*^  That  if  ever  he  fell  in  with  Lisa,  in  the  Indian  country,  he  would  shoot  him. — 

B  RACKENRIDGE. 


io8  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.6 

Friday  28th  [i.  e.,  ph.\  Continued  under  way  as  usual. 
All  kind  of  intercourse  between  the  leaders  has  ceased.  In 
the  evening,  passed  several  old  villages,  said  to  be  of  the 
Arikara  nation.  The  bottoms,  or  points,  become  wider,  and 
the  bluffs  of  a  less  disgusting  appearance ;  there  are  but  few 
clay  hills,  the  country  being  generally  covered  with  grass. 

[130]  Saturday  8th.  Contrary  wind  to-day,  though  delight- 
ful weather.  This  morning,  passed  a  large  and  handsome 
river,  called  the  Chienne,  S.  W.  side.  It  appears  as  large 
as  the  Cumberland  or  Tennessee.  Saw  at  this  place,  the 
ruins  of  an  old  village  and  fortification.  The  country  here- 
abouts is  fine,  and  better  wooded  than  any  I  have  seen  for 
the  last  three  hundred  miles.  A  tolerable  settlement  might 
be  supported  here.  Game  is  very  abundant  —  elk,  deer, 
and  buffaloe  without  number.  We  observed  this  evening, 
forty  or  fifty  skin  canoes,  which  had  been  left  by  some  war 
party  which  had  crossed  here.  Such  is  the  wanton  destruc- 
tion of  the  buffaloe,  that,  I  am  informed,  the  Indians  will 
kill  them  merely  for  the  purpose  of  procuring  their  skins  for 
these  canoes. 

Encamped  a  few  miles  above  the  Chienne  river,  in  a 
beautiful  bottom.  No  art  can  surpass  the  beauty  of  this 
spot;  trees  of  different  kinds,  shrubs,  plants,  flowers,  meadow, 
and  upland,  charmingly  dispersed.  What  coolness  and 
freshness  breathes  around!  The  river  is  bordered  with 
cotton-wood,  and  a  few  elms,  there  is  then  an  open  space 
of  thirty  or  forty  paces,  after  which  begins  a  delightful 
shrubbery  [131]  of  small  ash  trees,  the  graisse  de  beouf, 
the  gooseberry,  currant,  &c.  forming  a  most  delightful 
avenue.  We  all  remark,  that  the  singing  of  the  birds  is 
much  sweeter  than  in  the  forests  of  the  states.  This  is 
fancifully  accounted  for  by  Mr.  Bradbury,  from  the  effects 
of  society;  from  the  scantiness  of  woods,  they  are  compelled 
to  crowd  on  the  same  tree,  and  in  this  way  impart  improve- 


i8ii]  Brackenridge' s  'Journal  109 

ment  to  each  other.  Assummg  it  as  a  fact,  that  the  birds 
of  Europe  sing  better  than  those  of  America,  he  asks,  can 
it  be  owing  to  any  other  reason  than  this  ?  There  are  great 
numbers  of  the  common  field  lark;  the  black  bird,  thrush, 
martin,  and  wren,  are  also  numerous.  Turkeys,  patridges, 
or  pheasants,  are  not  to  be  seen  beyond  the  Maha  village. 

The  moschetoes  have  been  exceedingly  troublesome  for 
several  days  past.  They  disappear  in  the  evenings,  which 
are  cool,  or  with  the  slightest  wind. 

Sunday  gth.  Got  under  way  this  morning,  with  fine 
weather.  Discovered  great  numbers  of  buffaloe;  on  the 
N.  W.  side,  an  extensive  level  meadow.  Numbers  began 
to  swim  across  the  river,  as  Hunt  whose  party  was  before 
us,  [132]  was  passing  along;  they  waited  and  killed  as  many 
as  they  wanted;  a  number  which  were  started  from  an 
island,  swam  towards  us,  and  we  killed  several  also. 

Mr.  Bradbury  and  I  went  out  on  the  N.  W.  side,  where 
the  buffaloe  had  been  first  seen,  and  walked  several  miles. 
A  very  beautiful  and  extensive  meadow,  at  least  a  mile 
wide,  but  without  a  tree  or  shrub — the  upland  bare.  Passed 
a  Sioux  encampment  of  last  fall  —  from  appearance  there 
must  have  been  three  or  four  hundred  here.  Amongst 
other  things,  our  curiosity  was  attracted,  by  a  space,  about 
twenty  feet  in  diameter,  enclosed  with  poles,  with  a  post 
in  the  middle,  painted  red,  and  at  some  distance,  a  buffaloe 
head  raised  upon  a  little  mound  of  earth.  We  are  told, 
this  is  a  place  where  an  incantation  for  rendering  the  buffaloe 
plenty,  had  been  performed.  Amongst  other  ceremonies, 
the  pipe  is  presented  to  the  head.  I  started  several  elk  and 
departed  from  Mr.  Bradbury  to  go  in  pursuit  of  them  — 
I  ran  several  miles  along  the  hills,  but  without  success. 
I  had  wandered  about  a  mile  from  the  river,  but  could  dis- 
tinctly see  it.  The  country  rises  in  steps,  each  step  an  ex- 
tensive plain.    Herds  [133]  of  buffaloe  could  be  seen  at 


1 1  o  'Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

such  a  distance  as  to  appear  like  black  spots  or  dots.  How 
different  are  the  feelings  in  the  midst  of  this  romantic 
scenery,  from  those  experienced  in  the  close  forests  of  the 
Ohio? 

At  four  o'clock  hoisted  sail  with  a  fair  wind.  From  the 
moment  of  our  departure,  we  were  hardly  ever  out  of  sight 
of  herds  of  buffaloes,  feeding  on  the  hills  and  in  the  plains, 
and  in  the  course  of  the  day  saw  elk  and  antelopes  in  abun- 
dance. These  objects  enliven  the  scenery,  but  there  is  some- 
thing strange  in  thus  passing  day  after  day  without  meeting 
any  human  beings.  A  vast  country  inhabited  only  by 
buffaloes,  deer,  and  wolves,  has  more  resemblance  to  the 
fictions  of  the  'Arabian  Nights  Entertainments'  than  to 
reality.  Towards  evening,  seeing  a  number  of  buffaloes 
crowded  on  a  small  beach  at  the  foot  of  an  island,  orders 
were  given  to  observe  silence,  while  seven  or  eight  of  us 
posted  ourselves  to  the  best  advantage.  They  suffered  us 
to  approach  within  thirty  or  forty  yards,  while  they  stood 
gazing  at  the  sail  with  blank  indifference.  We  selected 
the  fattest  and  fired  on  him  together.  Notwithstanding 
his  wounds,  which  must  have  been  mortal,  he  endeavoured 
to  make  off  with  [134]  the  rest.  We  pursued  him  into  the 
island  —  the  animal  had  now  become  ferocious  from  his 
wounds,  and  it  was  found  dangerous  to  approach  him. 
He  received  twenty  balls  in  his  body  before  he  was  brought  to 
the  ground. 

The  island  is  beautiful.  It  is  completely  surrounded  by 
cotton  wood  and  cedar  trees,  but  the  space  within  is  a 
handsome  clear  meadow.  Along  the  edges  of  the  woods 
in  the  inside,  there  are  great  quantities  of  gooseberry 
bushes;  all  these  islands  are  much  alike  in  this  respect,  and 
surpass  any  I  have  seen  on  the  lower  part  of  the  river. 

Monday  loih.  During  the  whole  of  this  day  had  a  fine 
wind  which  enabled  us  to  make  thirty-five  miles.    En- 


i8ii]  Brackenridge's   'Journal  1 1 1 

camped  opposite  a  fine  stream,  called  Ser-war-cema,  N.  W. 
side. 

The  country  wears  a  handsome  aspect;  the  hills  gently 
swelling,  and  some  delightful  prairie  on  the  river.  There 
is  but  little  wood.  In  the  course  of  the  day  we  saw  great 
numbers  of  buffaloe,  in  herds  of  several  hundreds  each. 

Tuihday  nth.  Continued  our  voyage  with  a  slight 
wind.  The  country  much  the  same  as  that  of  yesterday. 
Encamped  some  distance  below  the  island  on  which  the 
Arikara  village  [135]  was  situated  some  years  ago  —  they 
have  removed  a  few  miles  further  up.  This  evening  I 
went  to  the  camp  of  Mr.  Hunt  to  make  arrangements  as 
to  the  manner  of  arriving  at  the  village,  and  of  receiving 
the  chiefs.  This  is  the  first  time  our  leaders  have  had  any 
intercourse  directly  or  indirectly  since  the  quarrel.  Mr. 
Lisa  appeared  to  be  suspected;  they  supposed  it  to  be  his 
intention  to  take  advantage  of  his  influence  with  the  Arikara 
nation,  and  do  their  party  some  injury  in  revenge.  I 
pledged  myself  that  this  should  not  be  the  case. 

Wednesday  12th.  Heavy  rains  accompanied  by  thunder 
and  lightning  last  night. 

At  nine  o'clock  two  of  the  chiefs  with  the  interpreter 
employed  by  the  company,  came  on  board  our  boat.  They 
are  both  fine  looking  men,  much  above  the  common  size, 
and  with  much  fairer  complexions  than  any  Indians  I  have 
seen.  One  is  the  hereditary  village  chief;  named  the  Le^t 
handed;  the  other  a  ferocious,  and  gigantic  looking  fellow, 
is  the  principal  war  chief,  named  the  Big  man.  At  ten  we 
put  to  shore  opposite  the  village,  in  order  to  dry  our  baggage, 
which  was  completely  wet.  The  leaders  of  the  party  of 
Hunt  were  still  suspicious  [136]  that  Lisa  intended  to  be- 
tray them. —  M'Clelland  declared  that  he  would  shoot  him 
the  moment  he  discovered  any  thing  like  it.  In  the  mean 
time,  the  chief  spoke  across  the  river,  which  is  here  about 


112  Karly  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

a  half  mile  wide;  we  understood  that  he  was  giving  orders 
to  prepare  the  council  lodge.  The  village  appeared  to 
occupy  about  three  quarters  of  a  mile  along  the  river  bank, 
on  a  level  plain,  the  country  behind  it  rising  into  hills  of 
considerable  height.  There  are  little  or  no  woods  any 
where  to  be  seen.  The  lodges  are  of  a  conical  shape,  and 
look  like  heaps  of  earth.  A  great  number  of  horses  are 
seen  feeding  in  the  plains  around,  and  on  the  sides  of  the 
hills.  I  espied  a  number  of  squaws,  in  canoes,  descending 
the  river  and  landing  at  the  village.  The  interpreter  in- 
formed me,  that  they  were  returning  home  with  wood. 
These  canoes  are  made  of  a  single  buffaloe  hide,  stretched 
over  osiers,  and  of  a  circular  form.  There  was  but  one 
woman  in  each  canoe,  who  kneeled  down  and  paddled  in 
front.  The  load  was  fastened  to  the  canoe  and  dragged 
along.  The  water  being  a  little  rough,  these  canoes  some- 
times almost  disappeared  between  the  waves,  which  pro- 
duced a [137]  curious  effect;  the  squaws  with  the  help  of  a 
little  fancy,  might  be  taken  for  mermaids,  sporting  on  the 
billows;  the  canoe  rising  and  sinking  with  them,  while  the 
women  were  visible  from  the  waist  upwards. 

About  two  o'clock,  all  matters  being  arranged,  fourteen 
of  us  crossed  over  and  accompanied  the  village  chief  to 
his  lodge.  Mats  were  laid  around  for  us  to  sit  upon,  while 
he  placed  himself  on  a  kind  of  stool  or  bench.  The  pipe 
was  then  handed  round  and  smoked ;  after  which  the  herald 
(every  chief  or  great  man  has  one  of  them)  ascended  to  the 
top  of  the  lodge,  and  seating  himself  near  an  open  place, 
began  to  bawl  out  like  a  town  crier;  the  chief  every  now 
and  then  addressing  him  something  through  the  before 
mentioned  aperture  or  skylight.  We  soon  discovered  the 
object  of  this,  by  the  arrival  of  the  other  chiefs,  about  twenty 
in  number,  who  came  dropping  in  as  their  respective  names 
were  called  over,  and  squatted  down  upon  the  bear,  or 
buffaloe  skins. 


i8ii]  Brackenridge's  Journal  113 

When  all  were  seated,  the  crier  prepared  the  pipe,  then 
handed  it  to  the  chief,  who,  as  is  usual  on  solemn  occasions, 
began  by  blowing  [138]  a  whiff  upwards,  as  it  were  to  the 
heavens,  then  to  the  earth,  and  afterwards  to  the  east. 

" O  Jove!  O  earth! 

And  thou  fair  sun, " 

After  which  the  pipe  was  sent  round.  A  mark  of  respect 
in  handing  the  pipe  to  another,  is  to  hold  it  until  he  has  taken 
several  whiffs.  After  this  ceremony,  the  chief  began  the 
usual  complaint  of  poverty,  &c.  not  in  the  spirit  of  the  good 
Evander,  who  only  alludes  to  his  poverty,  to  show  how 
much  he  is  above  the  love  of  wealth,  and  tells  his  guests 
that  his  humble  roof  was  not  scorned  even  by  a  deity.  He 
then  declared  that  he  was  happy  to  see  us  in  his  village 
and  to  take  us  by  the  hand  as  friends.  Lisa  in  reply  to 
this,  after  the  usual  common-place,  observed  that  he  was 
come  to  trade  amongst  them  and  the  Mandans,  but  that  these 
persons,  (pointing  to  Hunt  and  his  comrades,)  were  going 
a  long  journey  to  the  great  Salt  lake,  to  the  west,  and  he 
hoped  would  meet  with  favourable  treatment;  and  that  any 
injury  offered  them,  he  would  consider  as  done  to  himself; 
that  although  distinct  parties,  yet  as  to  the  safety  of  either, 
they  were  but  one.  This  candid  and  [139]  frank  declara- 
tion, at  once  removed  all  suspicion  from  the  minds  of  the 
others,  who  had  become  seriously  apprehensive  that  Lisa, 
finding  himself  amongst  a  people  who  were  perfectly  at 
his  disposal,  might  betray  them.  A  number  of  short 
speeches  were  made  by  the  other  'chiefs  and  warriors.  On 
the  proposal  of  trading,  the  Left  handed  required  a  day  or 
two,  until  he  could  consult  with  his  people,  and  fix  the  terms 
upon  which  the  trade  would  be  conducted:  with  this  the 
council  ended,  the  boats  were  ordered  over  and  encamped 
a  little  distance  below  the  village.  A  guard  of  Indian  war- 
riors was  placed  to  keep  off  the  populace  and  prevent  pil- 
fering. 


1 1 4  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

[140]  CHAPTER  VII « 

Arikara  villages  —  An  alarm  in  the  village  —  Manners  and 
customs. 

The  morning  after  the  council,  we  were  completely 
drenched  by  heavy  rains,  which  had  fallen  during  the  night. 
The  chief  has  not  given  his  answer  as  to  the  conditions  of 
the  trade.  It  is  for  him  usually  to  fix  the  price,  on  a  con- 
sultation with  his  subordinate  chiefs;  to  this  the  whole  vil- 
lage must  conform.  The  Indian  women  and  girls  were 
occupied  all  this  morning  in  carrying  earth  in  baskets,  to 
replace  that  which  the  rain  had  washed  ofif  their  lodges. 
Rambled  through  the  village,  which  I  found  excessively 
filthy,  the  'villainous  smells,'  which  every  where  assailed 
me,  compelled  me  at  length,  to  seek  refuge  in  the  open 
plain.  The  lovers  of  Indian  manners,  and  mode  of  living, 
should  contemplate  them  at  a  distance.  The  rains  had 
rendered  their  village  little  better  than  a  hog  pen;  the  police 
appeared  to  me,  in  general,  extremely  negligent.  Some  of 
[141]  the  ancient  cities  of  the  old  world,  were  probably  like 
this  village,  inattentive  to  that  cleanliness  so  necessary  to 
health,  where  a  great  mass  of  beings  are  collected  in  one 
place;  and  we  need  not  be  surprised  at  the  frequency  of 
desolating  plagues  and  pestilence.  The  village  is  swarm- 
ing with  dogs  and  children.  I  rank  these  together,  for 
they  are  inseparable  companions.  Wherever  I  went,  the 
children  ran  away,  screaming  and  frightened  at  my  outre 
and  savage  appearance.  Let  us  not  flatter  ourselves  with 
the  belief,  that  the  effect  of  civilization  and  refinement,  is 
to  render  us  agreeable  and  [lovely  to  the  eyes  of  those  whom 
we  exclusively  denominate  savages!     The  dogs,  of  which 

°'  Notes  upon  the  following  subjects  mentioned  in  this  chapter  are  found  in 
Bradbury's  Travels,  vol.  v  of  our  series:  Snake  Indians,  note  123;  Cheyenne 
Indians,  note  88;  Mandan  Indians,  note  76. —  Ed. 


i8ii]  Brackenridge* s  journal  115 

each  famOy  has  thirty  or  forty,  pretended  to  make  a  show 
of  fierceness,  but  on  the  least  threat,  ran  ofiF.  They  are  of 
different  sizes  and  colors.  A  number  are  fattened  on  pur- 
pose to  eat,  others  are  used  for  drawing  their  baggage.  It 
is  nothing  more  than  the  domesticated  wolf.  In  wandering 
through  the  prairies,  I  have  often  mistaken  wolves  for  Indian 
dogs.  The  larger  kind  has  long  curly  hair,  and  resembles 
the  shepherd  dog.  There  is  the  same  diversity  amongst 
the  wolves  of  this  country.  [142]  They  may  be  more 
properly  said  to  howl,  than  bark. 

The  lodges  are  constructed  in  the  following  manner: 
Four  large  forks  of  about  fifteen  feet  in  height,  are  placed 
in  the  ground,  usually  about  twenty  feet  from  each  other, 
with  hewn  logs  or  beams  across;  from  these  beams  other 
pieces  are  placed  above,  leaving  an  aperture  at  the  top  to 
admit  the  light,  and  to  give  vent  to  the  smoke.  These  up- 
right pieces  are  interwoven  with  osiers,  after  which  the 
whole  is  covered  with  earth,  though  not  sodded.  An  open- 
ing is  left  at  one  side  for  a  door,  which  is  secured  by  a  kind 
of  projection  of  ten  or  twelve  feet,  enclosed  on  all  sides, 
and  forming  a  narrow  entrance,  which  might  be  easily  de- 
fended. A  buff  aloe  robe  suspended  at  the  entrance,  answers 
as  a  door.  The  fire  is  made  in  a  hole  in  the  ground, 
directly  under  the  aperture  at  the  top.  Their  beds  elevated 
a  few  feet,  are  placed  around  the  lodge,  and  enclosed  with 
curtains  of  dressed  elk  skins.  At  the  upper  end  of  the 
lodge,  there  is  a  kind  of  trophy  erected;  two  buff  aloe  heads, 
fantastically  painted,  are  placed  on  a  little  elevation;  over 
them,  are  fixed  a  variety  of  consecrated  things,  such  as 
shields,  [143]  skins  of  a  rare  or  valuable  kind,  and  quivers  of 
arrows.  The  lodges  are  placed  at  random,  without  any 
regularity  or  design,  and  are  so  much  alike,  that  it  was  for 
some  time  before  I  could  learn  to  return  to  the  same  one. 
The  village  is  surrounded  by  a  palisade  of  cedar  poles,  but 


1 1 6  EiUrly  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

in  a  very  bad  state.  Around  the  village  there  are  little  plats 
enclosed  by  stakes,  entwined  with  osiers,  in  which  they  cul- 
tivate maize,  tobacco,  and  beans;  but  their  principal  field 
is  at  the  distance  of  a  mile  from  the  village,  to  which,  such 
of  the  females,  whose  duty  it  is  to  attend  to  their  culture, 
go  and  return  morning  and  evening.  Around  the  village 
they  have  buJBfaloe  robes  stuck  on  high  poles.  I  saw  one  so 
arranged  as  to  bear  a  resemblance  to  the  human  figure, 
the  hip  bone  of  the  buffaloe  represented  the  head,  the  sockets 
of  the  thigh  bones  looked  like  eyes. 

Friday  i/^ih.  It  rained  again  last  night,  which  prevented 
the  trade  from  commencing  until  some  time  in  the  day. 
Mr.  Lisa  sent  a  quantity  of  goods  to  the  lodge  of  the  prin- 
cipal chief  before  mentioned,  and  Hunt  to  the  one  who 
accompanied  him  to  meet  us,  the  principal  war  chief.  The 
price  of  a  horse  was  commonly  [144]  ten  dollars  worth  of 
goods  at  first  cost.  Hunt  had  resolved  to  purchase  horses 
at  this  place,  and  proceed  by  land  to  the  Columbia,  being 
assured  by  some  hunters,  who  met  him  before  his  arrival 
here,  that  this  would  be  his  best  route. 
.  Mr.  Bradbury  and  I,  took  a  walk  into  the  upper  village, 
which  is  separated  from  the  lower  by  a  stream  about  twenty 
yards  wide  —  Entered  several  lodges,  the  people  of  which 
received  us  with  kindness,  placed  mats  and  skins  for  us 
to  sit  on,  and  after  smoking  the  pipe,  offered  us  something 
to  eat;  this  consisted  of  fresh  buffaloe  meat  served  in  a 
wooden  dish.  They  had  a  variety  of  earthen  vessels,  in 
which  they  prepared  their  food,  or  kept  water.  After  the 
meat,  they  offered  us  homony  made  of  corn  dried  in  the 
milk,  mixed  with  beans,  which  was  prepared  with  buffaloe 
marrow,  and  tasted  extremely  well.  Also  the  prairie  turnip, 
pounded  and  made  into  gruel.  This  is  a  root  that  abounds 
in  the  prairies  —  has  something  of  the  taste  of  the  turnip, 
but  more  dry.    Their  most  common  food  is  homony  and 


i8ii]  Brackenridge' s  'Journal  117 

dried  buffaloe  meat.  In  one  of  the  lodges  which  we  vis- 
ited, we  found  the  doctor,  who  was  preparing  some  [145] 
medicine  for  a  sick  lad.  He  was  cooling  with  a  spoon  a 
decoction  of  some  roots,  which  had  a  strong  taste  and  smell, 
resembling  jalap.  He  showed  us  a  variety  of  simples 
which  he  used.  The  most  of  them  were  common  plants 
with  some  medical  properties,  but  rather  harmless  than 
otherwise.  The  boy  had  a  slight  pleurisy.  The  chief  rem- 
edy for  their  diseases,  which  they  conceive  to  be  owing  to  a 
disorder  of  the  bowels,  is  rubbing  the  abdomen  and  sides 
of  the  patient,  sometimes  with  such  violence,  as  to  cause 
fainting.  When  they  become  dangerous,  they  resort  to 
charms  and  incantations,  such  as  singing,  dancing,  blowing 
on  the  sick,  &c.  They  are  very  successful  in  the  treatment 
of  wounds.  When  the  wound  becomes  very  obstinate,  they 
resort  to  the  actual  cautery,  after  which  it  heals  more  easily. 

Saturday  i^th.  Fine  weather  —  Took  a  walk  with  Mr. 
Bradbury  through  the  country,  which  is  entirely  open,  and 
somewhat  hilly.  Large  masses  of  granite  were  usually 
found  on  the  highest  knobs.  We  saw  a  great  variety  of 
plants,  and  some  new  ones  —  One  or  two  of  the  vallies  are 
beautiful,  with  scarcely  any  shrubs  [146]  but  dwarf  plum 
trees,  scattered  along  a  rivulet. 

On  our  return  in  the  evening,  an  alarm  prevailed  in  the 
village,  which  appeared  to  be  all  in  commotion.  We  were 
informed  that  the  Sioux,  their  enemies,  were  near.  This 
was  probably  all  preconcerted.  I  was  shewn,  at  the  dis- 
tance of  about  two  miles,  four  horsemen  on  the  top  of  a  hill, 
at  full  gallop,  passing  and  re-passing  each  other,  which  I 
understand  is  the  usual  signal  given  by  the  scouts,  (some 
of  whom  are  constantly  on  the  alert,)  of  the  approach  of 
an  enemy.  To  give  intelligence  of  the  appearance  of  a  herd 
of  buffaloe,  instead  of  crossing  each  other,  they  gallop  back- 
ward and  forward  abreast.     Presently  the  warriors  issued 


1 1 8  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

from  the  village  with  great  noise  and  tumult,  pursuing  the 
direction  in  which  the  signal  was  made,  down  the  river, 
and  past  our  encampment;  observing  no  regular  march,  but 
running  helter  skelter,  like  persons  in  one  of  our  towns  to 
extinguish  a  fire  —  and  keeping  up  a  continual  hallooing 
to  encourage  each  other.  A  number  were  on  horseback, 
but  the  greater  part  on  foot.  Some  were  dressed  in  their 
most  gaudy  [147]  stile,  with  the  cincture  of  feathers,  and 
their  ornaments  of  the  head  made  of  plumes,  fitted  round 
a  kind  of  crown.  The  tops  of  the  lodges  were  crowded 
with  women  and  children,  and  with  old  men,  who  could 
give  no  assistance,  but  by  their  lungs,  which  they  kept  well 
employed:  yet  there  were  several  who  sallied  forth,  bend- 
ing under  the  weight  of  years.  I  counted  upwards  of  five 
hundred  in  all.  They  soon  after  returned;  whether  they 
had  chased  away  the  enemy,  or  the  alarm  had  turned  out 
false,  I  never  learned. 

In  the  course  of  the  next  day,  several  parties  arrived  from 
different  directions.  According  to  custom  they  were  met 
by  warriors  and  conducted  to  the  council  lodge,  where 
they  gave  an  account  of  what  had  occurred,  which  was 
afterwards  announced  to  the  village  by  heralds,  who  went 
round  bawling  out  the  news  at  the  door  of  each  lodge.  These 
occurrences  contribute  to  enliven  the  village;  yet  inde- 
pendently of  these,  it  continually  presents  a  busy  and  ani- 
mated scene.  Great  numbers  of  men  are  engaged  in  the 
different  games  of  address  and  agility,  others  judging,  or 
looking  on,  and  many  employed  in  a  variety  of  other  ways. 
There  are  [148]  a  great  number  of  women  constantly  at 
work  in  dressing  buff  aloe  rcbes,  which  are  placed  on  frames 
before  the  lodges.  One  of  the  parties  which  arrived  to 
day,  came  from  the  snake  nation,  where  they  had  stolen 
horses.  This  arrested  their  employments  for  a  moment, 
the  immediate  friends  and  relatives  of  such  as  returned, 


i8ii]  Brackenridge* s  ^Journal  1 1 9 

spent  the  evening  in  rejoicing;  while  several  females  who 
had  lost  a  relation,  retired  to  the  hills  behind  the  village, 
where  they  continued  to  cry  the  whole  afternoon. 

In  the  evening  they  usually  collect  on  the  tops  of  the 
lodges,  where  they  sit  and  converse:  every  now  and  then 
the  attention  of  all  is  attracted  by  some  old  man  who  rises 
up  and  declaims  aloud,  so  as  to  be  heard  all  over  the  vil- 
lage. There  is  something  in  this  like  a  quaker  meeting. 
Adair  labors  to  prove  the  Indian  tribes  to  be  descended 
from  the  Jews,"  I  might  here  adduce  this  as  an  argument 
in  favor  of  these  people  being  a  colony  of  quakers.  The 
object  of  this  harangue  was  to  urge  the  people  to  treat  the 
strangers  well.  To  have  such  amongst  them,  is  regarded 
as  a  matter  of  pride  and  exultation  amongst  the  Indian 
nations,  and  often  gives  rise  to  jealousies.  [149]  There  is 
hardly  such  invidious  distinction  as  that  of  natives  and  for- 
eigners. If  a  man  brings  any  thing  useful  to  the  society 
in  which  he  happens  to  be,  he  is  thought  to  confer  a  favour 
on  it  —  he  is  thought  to  increase  the  wealth  or  safety  of  the 
tribe. 

Monday  lyih.  This  day  arrived  a  deputation  from  the 
Chienne  nation,  to  announce  that  those  people  were  on 
their  march  to  Arikara,  and  would  be  here  in  fifteen  days. 
I  sometimes  amused  myself  with  the  idea  of  forming  a 
gazette  of  the  daily  occurrences.  We  here  see  an  inde- 
pendent nation,  with  all  the  interests  and  anxieties  of  the 
largest;  how  little  would  its  history  dififer  from  that  of  one 
of  the  Grecian  states!  A  war,  a  treaty,  deputations  sent 
and  received,  warlike  excursions,  national  mourning  or 
rejoicing,  and  a  thousand  other  particulars,  which  consti- 
tute the  chronicle  of  the  most  celebrated  people. 

In  the  evening,  about  sundown,  the  women  cease  from 

^  For  the  work  of  James  Adair  to  which  Brackenridge  here  refers,  see  J.  Long's 
Voyages,  vol.  ii  of  our  series,  note  31. —  Ed. 


120  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

their  labors,  and  collect  in  little  knots,  and  amuse  them- 
selves with  a  game  something  like  jack-stones:  five  pebbles 
are  tossed  up  in  a  small  basket,  with  which  they  endeavor 
to  catch  them  again  as  they  fall. 

[150]  Tuesday  i8th.  Confidence  had  been  somewhat  re- 
stored between  the  leaders  of  the  two  parties,  since  the 
council  in  the  village.  Mr.  Hunt  having  resolved  to  start 
from  this  village,  a  bargain  was  made  with  Mr.  Lisa,  for 
the  sale  of  Hunt's  boats  and  some  merchandise;  in 
consequence  of  which,  we  recrossed  the  river  in  order  to 
make  the  exchange,  after  which  we  returned  and  encamped. 
We  are  to  set  off  to-morrow  morning  to  the  Mandan  vil- 
lages. 

Before  I  bid  adieu  to  Arikara,  I  must  note  some  general 
matters  relating  to  their  character  and  manners. 

The  men  are  large  and  well  proportioned,  complexion 
somewhat  fairer  than  that  of  Indians  generally  —  usually 
go  naked :  —  the  dress  they  put  on  seems  intended  more 
for  ornament  than  as  essential;  this  consists  of  a  sort  of 
cassoc  or  shirt,  made  of  the  dressed  skin  of  the  antelope, 
and  ornamented  with  porcupine  quills,  died  a  variety  of 
colors;  a  pair  of  leggings,  which  are  ornamented  in  the  same 
way.  A  buffaloe  hide  dressed  with  the  hair  on,  is  then  thrown 
over  the  right  shoulder,  the  quiver  being  [151]  hung  on  the 
other,  if  armed  with  a  bow."  They  generally  permit  their 
hair  to  grow  long;  I  have,  in  one  or  two  instances,  seen  it 
reach  to  their  heels,  when  increased  by  artificial  locks  of 
horse  hair;  and  is  then  usually  divided  into  several  braids, 
matted  at  intervals,  with  a  white  tenacious  clay;  sometimes 
it  is  rolled  up  in  a  ball,  and. fixed  on  the  top  of  the  head. 
They  always  have  a  quantity  of  feathers  about  them;  those 


**  A  warrior  is  seldom  seen  without  his  arms,  even  in  the  village. —  His  bow, 
spear,  or  gun,  is  considered  part  of  his  dress,  and  to  appear  in  public  without  them 
is  in  some  measure  disgraceful. —  Brackenridge. 


i8ii]  Brackenridge' s   'Journal  121 

of  the  black  eagle  are  most  esteemed.  They  have  a  kind 
of  crown  made  of  feathers,  such  as  we  see  represented  in 
the  usual  paintings  of  Indians,  which  is  very  beautiful. 
The  swan  is  in  most  estimation  for  this  purpose.  Some 
ornament  the  neck  with  necklaces  made  of  the  claws  of 
the  white  bear.  To  their  heels  they  sometimes  fasten  foxes' 
tails,  and  on  their  leggings  suspend  deers'  hoofs,  so  as  to 
make  a  rattling  noise  as  they  move  along.  On  seeing  a 
warrior  dressed  in  all  this  finery,  walking  with  his  wife, 
who  was  comparatively  plain  in  her  dress  or  ornaments, 
I  could  not  but  think  this  was  [152]  following  the  order 
of  nature,  as  in  the  peacock,  the  stag,  and  almost  all  animals, 
the  male  is  lavishly  decorated,  while  the  female  is  plain  and 
unadorned.  I  intend  this  as  a  hint  to  some  of  our  petit 
maitres.  The  dress  of  the  female  consists  of  a  long  robe 
made  of  the  dressed  skins  of  the  elk,  the  antelope,  or  the 
agalia,  and  ornamented  with  blue  beads,  and  stripes  of 
ermine,  or  in  its  place,  of  some  white  skin.  The  robe  is 
girded  round  the  waist  with  a  broad  zone,  highly  orna- 
mented with  porcupine  quills,  and  beads.  They  are  no 
better  off  than  were  the  Greeks  and  Romans,  in  what  we 
deem  at  present  so  essential,  but  like  them  they  bathe  them- 
selves regularly,  twice  a  day.  The  women  are  much  fairer 
than  the  men;  some  might  be  considered  handsome  any 
where;  and  exceed  the  other  sex  in  point  of, numbers;  the 
dreadful  consequence  of  the  wars  in  which  the  nation  is 
constantly  engaged.  Polygamy  is  general,  they  have  often 
four  or  fi^ve  wives.  Their  courtship  and  marriage  resemble 
that  of  most  of  the  Indian  nations;  if  the  parties  are  mutually 
agreeable  to  each  other,  there  is  a  consultation  of  the  fam- 
ily; if  this  be  also  favourable,  the  father  of  the  girl,  or  who- 
ever [153]  gives  her  in  marriage,  makes  a  return  for  the 
present  he  had  received  from  the  lover  —  the  match  is  then 
concluded. 


122  F^arly  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

They  display  considerable  ingenuity  and  taste  in  their 
works  of  art:  this  observation  applies  to  all  the  American 
nations,  from  the  Mexicans  to  the  most  savage.  Their  arms, 
household  utensils,  and  their  dresses,  are  admirably  made. 
I  saw  a  gun  which  had  been  completely  stocked  by  an  In- 
dian. A  curious  instance  of  native  ingenuity  which  came 
under  my  notice,  ought  not  to  be  omitted.  I  was  told  one 
day,  of  an  old  Indian  who  was  making  a  blanket;  I  im- 
mediately went  to  see  him.  To  my  surprise,  I  found  an 
old  man,  perfectly  blind,  seated  on  a  stool  before  a  kind  of 
frame,  over  which  were  drawn  coarse  threads,  or  rather 
twists  of  buff  aloe  wool,  mixed  with  wolf's  hair;  he  had 
already  made  about  a  quarter  of  a  yard  of  a  very  coarse 
rough  cloth.  He  told  me  that  it  was  the  first  he  had  at- 
tempted, and  that  it  was  in  consequence  of  a  dream,  in 
which  he  thought  he  had  made  a  blanket  like  those  of  the 
white  people.  Here  are  the  rudiments  of  weaving.  They 
make  beautiful  [154]  jugs,  or  baskets,  with  osier,  so  close 
as  to  hold  water. 

I  observed  some  very  old  men  amongst  them  —  from 
the  purity  of  the  air,  and  the  healthiness  of  the  climate  it 
is  not  surprising  that  human  life  should  be  drawn  out  to 
a  great  length.  The  ravages  of  the  small  pox,  that  dread- 
ful scourge  to  the  Indians,  has  been  felt  by  these  people 
in  all  its  severity.  These  villages  are  the  remains  of  seven- 
teen distinct  tribes.  One  day,  in  passing  through  the  vil- 
lage, I  saw  something  brought  out  of  a  lodge  in  a  buffaloe 
robe,  and  exposed  to  the  sun;  on  approaching,  I  discovered 
it  to  be  a  human  being,  but  so  shrivelled  up,  that  it  had 
nearly  lost  the  human  phys'*9gnomy:  almost  the  only  sign 
of  life  discernible,  was  a  continual  sucking  its  hands,  and 
feeble  moan  like  that  of  a  young  infant.  On  inquiring 
of  the  chief,  he  told  me  that  he  had  seen  it  so  ever  since  he 
was  a  boy.    He  appeared  to  be  at  least  forty-five.    It  is 


i8ii]  Brackenridge' s  "Journal  123 

almost  impossible  to  ascertain  the  age  of  an  Indian  when  he 
is  above  sixty;  I  made  inquiries  of  several,  who  appeared 
to  me  little  short  of  an  hundred,  but  could  form  no  satis- 
factory conjecture.  Blindness  is  very  common,  arising 
[155]  probably  from  the  glare  of  the  snow,  during  a  greater 
part  of  the  year.  I  observed  the  goitre,  or  swelled  neck, 
in  a  few  instances. 

Their  government  is  oligarchical,  but  great  respect  is 
paid  to  popular  opinion.  It  is  utterly  impossible  to  be  a 
great  man  amongst  them,  without  being  a  distinguished  war- 
rior; and  though  respect  is  paid  to  birth,  it  must  be  accom- 
panied by  other  merit,  to  procure  much  influence.  They  are 
divided  into  different  bands  or  classes;  that  of  the  pheasant, 
which  is  composed  of  the  oldest  men;  that  of  the  bear,  the 
buffaloe,  the  elk,  the  dog,  &c.  Each  of  these  has  its  leader, 
who  generally  takes  the  name  of  the  class,  exclusively.*' 
Initiation  into  these  classes,  on  arriving  at  the  proper  age, 
and  after  having  given  proofs  of  being  worthy  of  it;  is  at- 
tended with  great  ceremony.  The  band  of  dogs,  is  con- 
sidered the  most  brave  and  effective  in  war,  being  com- 
posed of  young  men  under  thirty.  War  parties  are  usually 
proposed  by  some  individual  warrior,  and  according  to  the 
confidence  placed  in  him,  his  followers  are  numerous  or 
otherwise.  In  these  excursions  they  wander  to  a  great  dis- 
tance, seldom  venturing  to  return  home  without  [156]  a 
scalp,  or  stolen  horses.  Frequently  when  unsuccessful  they 
**cast  their  robes,"  as  they  express  it,  and  vow  to  kill  the 
first  person  they  meet,  provided  he  be  not  of  their  own 
nation.  In  crossing  the  river,  they  use  canoes  made  of  the 
buffaloe  hide,  or  a  few  pieces  of  wood  fastened  together. 
They  usually  leave  some  token,  as  a  stake,  which  is  marked 
so  as  to  convey  some  idea  of  their  numbers,  the  direction 

"  This  is  doubtless  some  form  of  totemism:  see  J.  Long's  Voyages,  vol.  ii  of  our 
series,  note  56. —  Ed. 


1 24  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

which  they  have  taken,  &c.  To  avoid  surprise,  they  al- 
ways encamp  at  the  edge  of  a  wood ;  and  when  the  party  is 
small,  they  construct  a  kind  of  fortress,  with  wonderful  ex- 
pedition, of  billets  of  wood,  apparently  piled  up  in  a  care- 
less manner,  but  so  arranged  as  to  be  very  strong,  and  by 
this  means  to  withstand  an  assault  from  a  much  superior 
force.  They  are  excellent  horsemen  —  they  will  shoot  an 
arrow  at  full  speed,  and  again  pick  it  up  from  the  ground 
without  stopping:  sometimes  they  will  lean  entirely  upon 
one  leg,  throwing  their  bodies  to  that  side,  so  as  to  present 
nothing  but  the  leg  and  thigh,  on  the  other.  In  pursuit 
of  the  buffaloe,  they  will  gallop  down  steep  hills,  broken 
almost  into  precipices.  Some  of  their  horses  are  very  j&ne, 
run  swiftly,  and  are  [157]  soon  worn  out,  from  the  difficulty 
of  procuring  food  for  them  in  winter,  the  smaller  branches 
of  the  cotton-wood  tree  being  almost  the  only  fodder  which 
they  give  them.  Their  hunting  is  regulated  by  the  war- 
riors chosen  for  the  occasion,  who  urge  on  such  as  are  tardy, 
and  repress  often  with  blows,  those  who  would  rush  on 
too  soon.  When  a  herd  of  bufifaloe  is  discovered,  they  ap- 
proach in  proper  order,  within  half  a  mile,  they  then  separate 
and  dispose  themselves,  so  as  in  some  measure,  to  surround 
them,  when  at  the  word,  they  rush  forward  at  full  speed, 
and  continue  the  chase  as  long  as  their  horses  can  stand  it: 
a  hunter  usually  shoots  two  arrows  into  a  bufifaloe,  and  then 
goes  in  pursuit  of  another;  if  he  kills  more  than  three  in  the 
hunt,  he  is  considered  as  having  acquitted  himself  well. 
The  tongue  is  the  prize  of  the  person  who  has  slain  the 
animal;  and  he  that  has  the  greater  number,  is  considered 
the  best  hunter  of  the  day.  Their  weapons  consist  of  guns, 
war  clubs,  spears,  bows,  and  lances.  They  have  two  kinds 
of  arrows,  one  for  the  purpose  of  the  chase,  and  the  other 
for  war;  the  latter  differs  in  this  particular,  that  the  barb 
or  point  is   fastened    so    slightly,   that    when    it    enters 


i8ii]  Brackenridge*s  yournal  125 

the  [158]  body,  it  remains  in,  and  cannot  be  drawn  out 
with  the  wood;  therefore,  when  it  is  not  in  a  vital  part, 
the  arrow  is  pushed  entirely  through.  They  do  not  poison 
them.  Their  bows  are  generally  very  small ;  an  elk's  horn, 
or  two  ribs  of  a  buffaloe,  often  constitute  the  materials  of 
which  they*  are  made.  Those  of  wood  are  of  willow,  the 
back  covered  with  sinews.  Their  daily  sports,  in  which, 
when  the  weather  is  favorable,  they  are  engaged  from 
morning  till  night,  are  principally  of  two  kinds.  A  level 
piece  of  ground  appropriated  for  the  purpose,  (and  beaten 
by  frequent  use,)  is  the  place  where  they  are  carried  on. 
The  first  is  played  by  two  persons,  each  provided  with  a 
long  pole;  one  of  them  rolls  a  hoop,  which,  after  having 
reached  about  two-thirds  of  the  distance,  is  followed  at 
half  speed,  and  as  they  perceive  it  about  to  fall,  they  cast 
their  poles  under  it;  the  pole  on  which  the  hoop  falls,  so 
as  to  be  nearest  to  certain  corresponding  marks  on  the  hoop 
and  pole,  gains  for  that  time.  This  game  excites  great 
interest,  and  produces  a  gentle,  but  animated  exercise.  The 
other  differs  from  it  in  this,  that  instead  of  poles,  they  have 
short  pieces  of  wood,  with  barbs  at  one  end,  and  a  [159]  cross 
piece  at  the  other,  held  in  the  middle  with  one  hand;  but 
instead  of  the  hoop  before  mentioned,  they  throw  a  small 
ring,  and  endeavor  to  put  the  point  of  the  barb  through  it. 
This  is  a  much  more  violent  exercise  than  the  other." 

With  respect  to  their  religion,  it  is  extremely  difficult, 
particularly  from  the  slight  acquaintance  I  had  with  them, 
to  form  any  just  idea.  They  have  some  notion  of  a  su- 
preme being,  whom  they  call  the  **  Master  of  Life,"  but 
they  offer  him  no  rational  worship,  and  have  but  indistinct 
ideas  of  a  future  state.  Their  devotion  manifests  itself  in  a 
thousand  curious  tricks  of  slight  of  hand,  which  they  call 

*  For  a  description  of  a  similar  game  among  the  Mandan,  see  Smithsonian 
Report,  1885,  part  ii,  p.  304. —  Ed. 


126  "Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

magic,  and  which  the  vulgar  amongst  them  believe  to  be 
something  supernatural.  They  are  very  superstitious.  Be- 
side their  magic,  or  medicine  lodge,  in  which  they  have 
a  great  collection  of  magic,  or  sacred  things,  every  one 
has  his  private  magic  in  his  lodge,  or  about  his  person. 
Any  thing  curious  is  immediately  made  an  amulet,  or  a 
talisman;  and  is  considered  as  devoted  or  consecrated,  so 
as  to  deprive  the  owner  of  the  power  of  giving  it  away. 
The  principal  war  chief  lately  took  advantage  [i6o]  of 
this.  Having  obtained  a  very  fine  horse,  which  he  was 
desirous  of  keeping,  but  fearing  that  some  one  might  ask 
him  as  a  gift,  and  as  to  refuse  would  be  unbecoming  a 
great  man,  who  ought  not  to  set  his  heart  upon  a  matter 
of  so  little  importance,  he  announced  that  he  had  given, 
or  consecrated  his  horse  to  his  magic  or  medicine!  Some 
parts  of  their  superstitious  devotions,  or  modes  of  worship, 
are  the  most  barbarous  that  can  be  imagined.  I  observed 
a  great  number  whose  bodies  were  scarred  and  cut  in  the 
most  shocking  manner;  I  was  informed  that  this  was  done 
in  their  devotion;  that  to  shew  their  zeal,  they  sometimes 
suspend  themselves  by  the  arms  or  legs,  or  the  sides, 
by  hooks.  I  was  shewn  a  boy,  who  had  drawn  two  bufiFaloe 
heads  several  hundred  yards,  by  cords  fixed  in  the  fleshy 
part  of  his  sides.  I  might  enumerate  a  variety  of  other 
particulars,  in  which  this  strange  self  punishment  is  carried 
to  the  greatest  lengths.*^  They  have  frequent  public  holy 
days,  when  the  greater  part  of  the  village  appears  to  desist 
from  labor,  and  dress  out  unusually  fine.  On  these  oc- 
casions, each  one  suspends  his  private  magic  on  a  high 
pole  before  his  door;  the  painted  [i6i]  shields,  quivers  of 
a  variety  of  colors,  scarlet  cloth,  and  highly  ornamented 


*'"'  George  Catlin,  the  painter  of  Indians,  described  at  some  length  the  religious 
mysteries  and  the  self-torture  of  the  Mandan  tribe.  His  account  was  discredited, 
but  appears  to  have  been  substantially  correct.     See  op.  cit.,  pp.  349-383. —  Ed. 


i8ii]  Brackenridge' s   'Journal  i2j 

buffaloe  robes,  which  compose  these  trophies,  produce  a 
very  lively  effect.  I  several  times  observed  articles  of  some 
value  suspended  on  the  trees.  I  was  told,  they  often  leave 
their  property  in  this  manner  without  being  under  any 
apprehension  that  any  of  the  same  tribe  will  touch  it,  pro- 
vided that  there  be  the  least  sign  to  shew  that  it  is  not  lost. 
A  kind  of  superstition  similar  to  that  of  the  Druids,  which 
protected  their  offerings  hung  up  in  the  woods. 

Since  the  unfortunate  affair  of  lieutenant  Prior,  these 
people  have  shewn  themselves  friendly  to  the  whites.  Lieu- 
tenant Prior  had  been  sent  in  a  boat,  with  twenty  or  thirty 
men,  to  convey  the  Mandan  chief  to  his  village,  after  his 
visit  to  the  United  States,  in  company  with  Lewis  and 
Clark.  On  arriving  at  the  Arikara  village,  he  was  set  upon, 
and  made  his  escape  with  great  difi&culty,  one  half  of  his 
little  party  being  killed  or  wounded.  The  expedition  of 
the  Missouri  company,  which  ascended  the  next  year, 
demanded  satisfaction  for  this  outrage,  and  every  concession 
having  been  made  [162]  by  the  Arikaras,  the  matter  was 
adjusted.  Since  that  time  they  have  endeavored  to  keep 
a  good  understanding  with  the  whites,  and  express  much 
regret  at  the  unfortunate  occurrence,  which,  as  is  usual,  they 
disavow  as  the  act  of  the  nation,  but  declare  it  to  have  been 
perpetrated  by  a  bad  chief,  who  would  not  listen  to  their 
councils. 

During  my  short  stay  amongst  them,  I  endeavored  to  form 
a  vocabulary  of  such  words  as  are  most  likely  to  be  prim- 
itive." I  found  a  great  diversity  in  the  pronunciation, 
which  I  discovered  to  be  partly  owing  to  the  circumstance 
of  the  present  population  being  composed  of  the  fragments 
or  remains  of  different  tribes;  but  I  was  also  informed  by 
the  chief,  that  amongst  the  principal  families  there  was 

*'  This,  in  the  course  of  my  peregrinations,  has  'unfortunately,  been  mislaid. 
—  Brackenkidge. 


128  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.6 

a  better  language  than  that  in  use  with  the  common  peo- 
ple. The  slaves,  of  whom  there  is  a  much  greater  number 
than  I  had  supposed,  and  those  of  foreign  tribes  who  have 
domiciliated  themselves  here,  speak  also  an  inferior  dialect. 
[163]  To  give  an  account  of  the  vices  of  these  people, 
would  only  be  to  enumerate  many  of  the  most  gross  which 
prevail  amongst  us,  with  this  difference,  that  they  are  prac- 
tised in  public  without  shame.  The  savage  state,  like  the 
rude  uncultivated  waste,  is  contemplated  to  most  advantage 
at  a  distance.  Mr.  Bradbury  had  been  an  enthusiast,  as 
most  philanthropic  Europeans  are,  on  the  subject  of  Indian 
manners,  and  I  was  myself  not  a  little  inclined  to  the  same 
way  of  thinking,  but  now  both  agreed  that  the  world  would 
loose  but  little,  if  these  people  should  disappear  before 
civilized  communities.  In  these  vast  plains,  throughout 
which  are  scattered  so  many  lovely  spots,  capable  of  sup- 
porting thousands  such  nations  as  the  Arikara,  or  wander- 
ing Sioux,  a  few  wretches  are  constantly  roaming  abroad, 
seeking  to  destroy  each  other.  To  return  to  the  subject 
of  their  moral  characters  —  they  have  amongst  them  their 
poor,  their  envious,  their  slanderers,  their  mean  and  crouch- 
ing, their  haughty  and  overbearing,  their  unfeeling  and 
cruel,  their  weak  and  vulgar,  their  dissipated  and  wicked; 
and  they  have  also,  their  brave  and  wise,  their  generous 
and  magnanimous,  their  rich  and  [164]  hospitable,  their 
pious  and  virtuous,  their  kind,  frank,  and  affectionate,  and 
in  fact,  all  the  diversity  of  characters  that  exists  amongst 
the  most  refined  people;  but  as  their  vices  are  covered  by 
no  veil  of  delicacy,  their  virtues  may  be  regarded  rather 
as  the  effect  of  involuntary  impulse,  than  as  the  result  of 
sentiment.  In  some  respects  they  are  extremely  dissolute 
and  corrupt;  whether  this  arises  from  refinement  in  vice,  or 
from  the  simplicity  of  nature,  I  cannot  say;  but  much  are  they 
mistaken  who  look  for  primitive  innocence  and  simplicity 


i8ii]  Brackenridge* s  Journal  129 

in  what  they  call  the  state  of  nature.  It  is  true  that  an 
intercourse  with  the  whites,  never  fails  to  render  these 
people  much  worse  than  before;  this  is  not  by  imparting 
any  new  vices,  but  by  presenting  temptations  which  easily 
overcome  those  good  qualities,  which  *'sit  so  loosely  about 
them."  Want  of  constancy,  and  uniformity  of  character, 
is  the  defect  universally  remarked  with  regard  to  the  In- 
dians, and  this  naturally  arises  from  the  want  of  fixed 
principles  of  virtue.  One  thing  I  remarked  as  constituting 
the  great  difference  between  the  savage  and  the  civilized 
state,  their  youth  undergo  no  discipline,  there  are  no  schools, 
[165]  and  the  few  instructions  which  are  given  by  parents, 
are  directed  only  to  the  mere  physical  man,  and  have  little 
to  do  with  the  mind,  unless  it  be  to  inculcate  fortitude  and 
courage,  or  rather  ferocity  and  thirst  for  blood:  no  genu- 
ine virtues  are  cultivated  and  the  evil  propensities  of  the 
individual  are  suffered  to  mature  without  correction,  while 
he  wanders  about  a  vagabond,  responsible  to  no  one  for 
the  waste  of  time;  like  a  young  colt,  he  is  considered  as 
unfit  for  employment  until  he  attains  his  growth.  The  les- 
sons of  morality  are  never  taught  either  in  public  or  in 
private;  at  least  of  that  morality  which  instructs  us  how 
to  fulfil  all  the  duties  attached  to  our  social  relations,  and 
which  regard  us  as  candidates  for  a  future  and  more  happy 
existence.  Instead  of  such  lessons  of  morality,  the  pre- 
cepts first  instilled  into  their  hearts,  are  cruelty,  murder, 
and  rapine.  The  first  step  the  young  savage  is  taught 
to  take,  is  in  blood;  and  is  it  any  wonder  that  when  man- 
hood nerves  his  arm,  we  should  see  him  grasp  the  tomahawk 
and  the  scalping  knife,  and  his  savage  heart  thirst  for  blood ! 
Amongst  others  of  their  customs  which  appeared  to  me 
singular,  I  observed  that  it  was  [166]  a  part  of  their  hospi- 
tality, to  offer  the  guest,  who  takes  up  his  residence  in  their 
lodges,  one  of  the  females  of  the  family  as  a  bedfellow; 


130  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

sometimes  even  one  of  their  wives,  daughters,  or  sisters, 
but  most  usually  a  maid-servant,  according  to  the  estima- 
tion in  which  the  guest  is  held,  and  to  decline  such  offer 
is  considered  as  treating  the  host  with  some  disrespect; 
notwithstanding  this,  if  it  be  remarked  that  these  favours 
are  uniformly  declined,  the  guest  rises  much  higher  in  his 
esteem.  Self  control,  in  the  midst  of  temptations  which 
overpower  the  common  mind,  being  thought,  even  amongst 
these  people,  to  indicate  a  superior  character.  Our  common 
boatmen  soon  became  objects  of  contempt,  from  their  loose 
habits  and  ungovernable  propensities.  To  these  people,  it 
seemed  to  me  that  the  greater  part  of  their  females,  during 
our  stay,  had  become  mere  articles  of  traffic;  after  dusk, 
the  plain  behind  our  tents,  was  crowded  with  these  wretches, 
and  shocking  to  relate,  fathers  brought  their  daughters, 
husbands  their  wives,  brothers  their  sisters,  to  be  offered 
for  sale  at  this  market  of  indecency  and  shame.  I  was 
unable  to  account  for  this  [167]  difference  from  any  people 
I  had  ever  heard  of;  perhaps  something  may  be  attributed 
to  the  inordinate  passion  which  had  seized  them  for  our 
merchandize.  The  silly  boatmen,  in  spite  of  the  endeavors 
of  the  leaders  of  our  parties,  in  a  short  time  disposed  of 
almost  every  article  which  they  possessed,  even  their  blankets, 
and  shirts.  One  of  them  actually  returned  to  the  camp, 
one  morning  entirely  naked,  having  disposed  of  his  last 
shirt  —  this  might  truly  be  called  la  derniere  chemisse  de 
Vamour. 

Seeing  the  chief  one  day  in  a  thoughtful  mood,  I  asked 
him  what  was  the  matter  —  ''I  was  wondering,"  said  he, 
''whether  you  white  people  have  any  women  amongst  you.'* 
I  assured  him  in  the  affirmative.  ''Then,"  said  he,  "why 
is  it  that  your  people  are  so  fond  of  our  women,  one  might 
suppose  they  had  never  seen  any  before." 
\rhis  want  of  chastity  among  the  Arikara  was  by  no 


i8ii]  Brackenridge* s  Journal  131 

means  universal  —  perhaps  a  more  minute  acquaintance 
with  them  might  have  enabled  me  to  explain  the  phenom- 
enon: indeed  from  the  remains  of  a  singular  exhibition, 
which  several  of  us  witnessed,  I  was  induced  to  believe 
that  Diana  had  not  altogether  yielded  [168]  the  village 
to  the  dominion  of  her  rival  goddess.  On  one  of  their 
festive  days,  as  we  drew  near  the  medicine  lodge  or  temple, 
we  saw  in  front  of  the  entrance,  or  door,  a  number  of  young 
girls  tricked  out  in  all  their  finery  of  paint,  beads,  and 
dresses  of  the  antelope,  agalia,  or  deer  skins,  red  or  white, 
according  to  the  taste  of  the  wearer;  their  robes  were  richly 
ornamented  with  porcupine  quills,  stained  of  various  colors, 
and  with  fringes,  or  borders,  of  silvery  ermine.  We  ob- 
served a  cedar  bough  ,fixed  in  the  earth  on  the  top  of  the 
lodge.  Prizes  of  beads,  vermillion,  and  scarlet  cloth  were 
exhibited:  and  the  old  men  who  live  in  the  temple  to  the 
number  of  five  or  six,  now  proclaimed,  as  I  was  informed, 
that  whosoever  amongst  the  young  girls  of  Arikara  had 
preserved  unsullied  her  virgin  purity,  might  then  ascend 
the  temple  and  touch  the  bough,  and  one  of  the  prizes  would 
be  given  to  her;  that  it  was  in  vain  to  think  of  deceiving, 
for  the  Manitoo,  or  Spirit,  knowing  all  things,  even  their 
secret  thoughts,  would  most  certainly  reveal  the  truth;  and 
moreover,  the  young  men  were  enjoined  under  the  severest 
denunciations,  to  declare  all  that  might  be  within  their 
knowledge.  Curiosity  [169]  was  now  much  excited.  In  a 
few  moments,  the  daughter  of  the  interpreter,  (a  French- 
man who  had  resided  upwards  of  twenty  years,)  a  beauti- 
ful girl  of  sixteen,  came  forward,  but  before  she  could 
ascend  to  touch  the  bough,  a  young  fellow  stepped  forth, 
and  said  something,  the  amount  of  which  I  easily  con- 
jectured from  its  effect,  for  the  young  lady  instantly  shrunk 
back  confused  and  abashed,  while  the  surrounding  crowd 
was  convulsed  with  laughter.    A  pause  ensued,  which  lasted 


132  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

for  some  considerable  time.  I  began  to  tremble  for  the 
maidens  of  Arikara,  when  a  girl  of  seventeen,  one  of  the 
most  beautiful  in  the  village,  walked  forward,  and  asked, 
*' where  is  the  Arikara  who  can  bring  any  accusation  against 
me?"  then  touched  the  bough,  and  carried  off  the  prize. 
I  feel  a  pleasure  in  adding,  for  the  honor  of  the  ladies  of 
Arikara,  that  others  followed,  though  I  did  not  take  the 
trouble  of  noting  the  number. 

[170]  CHAPTER  VIII" 

Proceed  to  the  Mandan  villages  —  A  buffaloe  hunt  —  Ar- 
rival at  the  Mandan  village. 

On  Wednesday  tine  igth,  it  was  resolved  by  Lisa,  to 
leave  one  of  his  men  to  continue  the  trade  with  the  Arikaras, 
and  then  to  continue  his  voyage.  As  a  part  of  the  price 
of  the  goods  bought  from  Hunt,  was  to  be  paid  for  in  horses, 
a  party  was  sent  by  land  to  the  company's  fort  at  the  Man- 
dan village,  for  the  purpose  of  bringing  them.  Mr.  Brad- 
bury, desirous  of  seeing  the  interior  of  the  country  deter- 
mined to  accompany  them. 

We  sat  off  about  eleven  o'clock  in  the  morning  with  a 
favorable  wind,  but  the  weather  rainy  and  disagreeable. 
Having  made  fifteen  miles,  encamped.  The  moschetoes 
more  troublesome  than  they  have  yet  been  known  —  I  am 
informed  that  this  is  not  usual  on  the  Missouri,  and  is  owing 
to  this  being  a  wet  season.  Indeed,  since  our  departure, 
we  have  scarcely  [171]  had  three  days  in  succession  with- 
out very  heavy  rain. 

Thursday  20th.  Weather  more  pleasant,  but  the  wind 
during  a  part  of  the  afternoon,  on  account  of  the  course 
of   the   river  unfavorable.    The  water  is  at  a  very  high 

*•  Notes  upon  the  following  subjects  mentioned  in  this  chapter  are  found  in 
Bradbury's  Travels,  vol.  v  of  our  series:  Sheheke,  Mandan  chief,  note  92;  Mis- 
souri Fur  Company's  Mandan  post,  note  87. —  Ed. 


i8ii]  Brackenridge* s   'Journal  133 

stage,  and  now  rising  rapidly.  Having  made  five  points, 
or  fifteen  miles  encamped.  We  continued  our  voyage  on 
Friday  with  a  fine  breeze,  which  continued  the  whole 
day,  and  which  enabled  us  to  make  an  extraordinary  run 
of  more  than  forty  miles.  The  appearance  of  the  country 
thus  far  is  very  agreeable  —  handsome  green  hills,  and  fine 
bottoms,  with  but  little  wood.  The  navigation  much  less 
diflScult,  we  sailed  along  the  edge  of  beautiful  meadows, 
clothed  with  grass  about  six  inches  high;  the  water  is  not 
more  than  three  feet  below  the  top  of  the  bank. 

Saturday  2 2d.  The  favorable  winds  still  continued,  but 
we  found  the  river  extremely  crooked.  We  landed  an  hour 
or  two  to  kill  some  buffaloe,  several  were  standing  close  to 
the  water's  edge  on  a  small  bar  covered  with  willows. 
Great  numbers  of  them  are  to  be  seen  on  the  sides  of  the 
hills.  In  viewing  them  at  the  [172]  distance  of  six  or  eight 
miles,  they  appear  to  be  diminished  to  mere  specks  or  dots, 
which  has  a  curious  yet  pleasing  effect. 

On  the  23d,  after  proceeding  a  few  miles,  it  was  found 
necessary  to  encamp,  while  we  were  assailed  by  a  dreadful 
storm,  succeeded  by  a  heavy  rain.  Towards  evening  it 
cleared  up,  but  a  violent  north  west  wind  prevailing,  it 
was  impossible  for  us  to  proceed.  A  party  was  formed  and 
it  was  resolved  to  go  in  pursuit  of  the  buffaloe.  On  ascend- 
ing the  hills,  which  rise  at  the  distance  of  a  quarter  of  a  mile 
from  the  river,  I  discovered  in  every  direction  immense 
herds  of  buffaloe,  some  reclining,  or  quietly  feeding,  and 
many  at  such  a  distance  as  scarcely  to  be  distinguishable 
by  the  eye  —  Immediately  before  me  lay  a  deep  ravine 
or  hoUow,  about  two  mUes  in  length,  through  which  a  small 
stream  seemed  to  take  its  course,  bordered  with  shrubs, 
and  on  the  other  side,  the  ground  again  rose  with  an  ir- 
regular ascent  into  a  high  plain,  terminated  by  hills.  In 
this  valley  there  appeared  to  be  several  thousand,  chiefly 


1 34  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

feeding.  The  question  was  now  how  to  approach  them 
undiscovered,  there  was  no  bush,  or  tree,  nothing  behind 
which  we  could  conceal  ourselves,  [173]  excepting  the  blocks 
of  granite,  strewed  over  the  plain.  Should  we  alarm  one 
of  these  herds  all  the  rest  would  start  at  the  same  time. 
On  looking  towards  the  southern  end  of  the  valley,  we 
discovered  that  in  this  direction  there  was  a  space  of  half 
a  mile  in  which  no  buffaloes  were  to  be  seen;  and  that  pass- 
ing round  the  valley  with  the  wind  in  our  favor  we  might 
steal  along  the  brow  of  the  hill  on  the  other  side  and  leaving 
half  of  our  hunters  here,  would  be  able  to  place  them  be- 
tween two  fires.  In  company  with  the  American  hunter 
I  set  off  and  ran  about  a  mile,  having  successfully  passed 
round  the  hollow,  we  next  advanced  with  great  caution. 
Our  approach  was  very  much  facilitated  by  a  number  of 
small  ravines  which  make  into  the  valley.  Having  ad- 
vanced as  far  as  was  intended,  we  stole  down  to  the  opening 
of  one  of  the  ravines,  and  rising  up,  saw  a  large  buffaloe 
bull  standing  within  a  few  yards  of  us;  his  body  completely 
exposed  to  view,  but  feeding  with  his  head  down;  we  took 
aim  over  the  intervening  hillock,  our  rifles  almost  touch- 
ing him  —  fired  almost  at  the  same  moment,  and  brought 
him  instantly  to  the  ground.  Those  of  his  companions 
that  were  near  him  immediately  [174]  started  and  alarmed 
the  rest,  and  in  a  short  time  they  were  every  where  in  motion. 
We  ran  to  an  elevated  point,  and  set  up  a  shout  in  order 
to  drive  them  towards  the  river,  but  without  success  for 
those  of  the  valley  and  the  side  of  the  hill  beyond  it,  made 
towards  us,  at  which  we  were  at  first  somewhat  alarmed, 
lest  the  herd  in  moving  in  a  crowd  might  run  over  us :  they 
however  passed  up  the  different  ravines  on  each  side.  There 
was  something  extremely  pleasing  in .  the  sight  of  these 
armies  of  buffalo^all  in  motion  as  far  as  the  eye  could 
distinguish   in   every  direction.    We  succeeded  in  killing 


i8ii]  Brackenridge's  youmal  135 

another  before  they  had  passed  us,  and  our  comrades  on 
the  other  side  of  the  valley  killed  two.  Great  numbers  of 
wolves  were  now  seen  in  every  direction;  we  could  hardly 
go  forty  yards  from  the  bufifaloe,  before  a  half  a  dozen 
would  shew  themselves.  It  was  amusing  to  see  them  peep- 
ing over  hillocks,  while  we  pelted  them  with  stones. 

On  our  return  to  camp,  the  meat  having  been  brought 
in  by  the  boatmen,  we  sat  about  preparing  our  feast.  A 
large  fire  was  made,  and  each  one  cooked  for  himself. 
Certainly  ours  was  not  a  feast  to  be  despised  even  by  the 
[175]  epicure,  although  with  no  other  seasoning  than  health 
and  exercise.  As  our  biscuit  had  been  spoiled  two  months 
before,  in  consequence  of  being  frequently  wet,  instead  of 
bread  we  roasted  some  of  the  liver  on  one  stick,  and  a 
choice  morsel  (for  we  had  nothing  but  tit-bits,)  on  the 
other.  The  flesh  of  the  buffaloe  is  remarkably  tender  and 
juicy,  and  highly  flavored;  it  is  universally  allowed  to  sur- 
pass that  of  the  common  ox.  Of  all  the  animals  given  to 
satiate  our  carnivorous  appetites,  none  can  afford  such  a 
feast  as  the  buffaloe.  The  hump  is  a  delicious  morsel; 
the  tongue,  the  marrow,  the  tender  loin,  and  the  ribs  are 
all  excellent.  The  hump  is  formed  by  a  number  of  bones 
in  the  shape  of  ribs,  which  rise  on  the  back  near  the  shoulders, 
gradually  increasing  and  then  diminishing  in  length,  on 
which  the  fat  and  lean  are  finely  mixed,  and  the  meat  ex- 
tremely tender.  The  hump  in  a  large  ox,  is  about  a  foot 
in  length,  (when  separated  from  the  back  bone,  to  which 
it  is  attached,)  and  six  inches  in  breadth. 

On  the  24th,  we  proceeded  on  our  voyage.  This  morn- 
ing we  had  delightful  weather.  I  could  not  help  remarking 
the  clearness  of  the  [i  76]  air,  and  the  enchanting  blue  of  the 
sky.  Whether  it  is  to  be  attributed  to  the  Alpine  height, 
to  which  we  have  attained,  or  to  the  openness  of  the  country, 
which  permits  every  breeze  to  have  its  full  scope,  and  thus 


136  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.6 

chase  away  the  vapors,  I  am  not  able  to  say.  I  have  cer- 
tainly not  been  misled  by  fancy.  We  are  now  two  thou- 
sand six  hundred  miles  from  the  ocean;  as  the  Missouri, 
some  distance  above  the  Mandan  villages,  flows  from  the 
west,  it  is  probable  that  its  descent  is  not  so  great  as  below: 
so  that  allowing  one  foot  per  mile,  we  can  be  little  short  of 
three  thousand  feet  above  the  ocean.  It  is  said,  that  on 
the  high  plains  of  Switzerland,  between  the  mountains, 
the  sky  is  observed  to  possess  a  deeper  azure;  the  same 
cause  may  produce  the  like  effect  on  these  plains.  Here, 
we  are  elevated  above  the  fogs  and  mists  of  lakes  and  rivers, 
and  the  sun  does  not  transmit  his  rays  through  the  white 
medium  of  clouds.  The  light  dress  of  vegetation,  with 
which  these  plains  are  clothed,  may  likewise  be  considered. 
Where  the  vegetation  is  luxuriant,  dense  vapours  arise 
during  the  night;  and  noxious  gases  are  produced,  which 
floating  into  the  atmosphere,  lessen  its  brightness  [177]  as 
well  as  its  purity.  But,  whatever  may  be  the  cause  of  the 
superior  beauty  of  the  azure  in  the  heavenly  vault,  I  expe- 
rienced a  peculiar  pleasure  in  contemplating  it.  The  sun 
beams  seemed  to  have  less  fierceness  than  I  had  ever  expe- 
rienced, in  fact,  I  could  almost  fancy  myself  in  the  midst  of 
enchanted  scenes. 

Continued  the  greater  part  of  the  day  with  the  cordelle, 
along  the  prairie.  The  country  on  either  side,  of  a  very 
pleasant  appearance,  with  a  number  of  wooded  points. 

Tuesday  2^d  [i.  c,  2ph].  Hoisted  sail  this  morning  with  a 
fine  breeze.  At  ten  o'clock  passed  the  remains  of  a  Mandan 
village,  and  at  some  distance  espied  a  great  number  of 
Indians  on  shore,  moving  down  the  river.  We  soon  dis- 
covered them  to  be  Mandans.  They  sometimes  go  on 
hunting  parties  by  whole  villages,  as  was  the  case  at  pres- 
ent. They  appeared  to  be  about  five  hundred  in  number, 
some  on  horseback,  the  greater  part  on  foot.    A  numerous 


i8ii3  Brackenridge' s  Journal  i  37 

train  of  dogs  were  employed  in  dragging  their  baggage, 
tent  poles,  &c.  On  the  great  hunting  parties,  the  women 
are  employed  in  preserving  the  hides,  drying  the  meat,  and 
making  provisions  to  serve  them  during  winter.  Very  [178] 
little  of  the  buffaloe  is  lost,  for  after  taking  the  marrow, 
they  pound  the  bones,  boil  them,  and  extract  the  oil.  We 
stopped  with  them  some  time,  made  them  a  few  presents 
of  tobacco  and  knives,  and  then  proceeded.  This  evening, 
the  Mandan  chief  She-he-ke,  who  had  accompanied  Lewis 
and  Clark  to  the  United  States,  came  to  us  with  his  wife  and 
son,  a  small  boy.  He  is  a  fiine  looking  Indian,  and  very 
intelligent  —  his  complexion  fair,  very  little  different  from 
that  of  a  white  man  much  exposed  to  the  sun.  His  wife 
had  also  accompanied  him  —  has  a  good  complexion  and 
agreeable  features.  They  had  returned  home  loaded  with 
presents,  but  have  since  fallen  into  disrepute  from  the  ex- 
travagant tales  which  they  related  as  to  what  they  had  wit- 
nessed ;  for  the  Mandans  treat  with  ridicule  the  idea  of  there 
being  a  greater  or  more  numerous  people  than  themselves. 
He  is  a  man  of  a  mild  and  gentle  disposition  —  expressed  a 
wish  to  come  and  live  amongst  the  whites,  and  spoke  sensi- 
bly of  the  insecurity,  the  ferocity  of  manners,  and  the  ignor- 
ance, of  the  state  of  society  in  which  he  was  placed.  He  is 
rather  inclining  to  corpulency,  a  little  talkative,  which  is 
regarded  [179]  amongst  the  Indians  as  a  great  defect;  add 
to  this,  his  not  being  much  celebrated  as  a  warrior;  such 
celebrity  can  alone  confer  authority  and  importance,  or  be 
regarded  meritorious  in  this  state  of  society.  Encamped 
this  evening  on  a  beautiful  meadow,  the  soil  extremely  rich. 
Immediately  beyond  it,  there  are  some  high  hills,  and  on 
the  points  detached  masses  of  granite  and  pebbles. 

Wednesday  26th,  Continued  our  voyage  through  a  beau- 
tiful country,  on  both  sides  of  the  river.  In  the  afternoon 
passed  by  all  five  of  the  Mandan  villages,  which  are  situ- 


138  F.arly  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

ated  upon  high  open  plains,  the  village  of  She-he-ke,  di- 
vided from  the  others  by  a  handsome  stream.  The  inhab- 
itants had  gathered  to  the  bank  to  see  us,  several  waded 
into  the  water,  but  returned  when  we  beckoned  to  them 
not  to  approach.  The  men  were  generally  naked,  the 
women  dressed  according  to  their  age  or  quality,  from  the 
coarse  elk  skin,  to  the  elegant  agalia.  It  was  late  at  night 
before  we  reached  the  fort  of  the  Missouri  Company,  which 
is  situated  above  all  the  villages,  and  sixteen  hundred 
and  forty  miles  from  the  mouth  of  the  Missouri,  and  in  lati- 
tude 47°.  13'.  N. 

[180]  CHAPTER  IX 

Mandan   villages  —  Return   to   Arikara  —  Scene   after   a 
battle. 

We  had  now  reached  the  utmost  point  of  our  voyage,  for 
though  it  had  been  at  first  intended  to  proceed  to  the  cata- 
racts of  the  Missouri,  for  the  purpose  of  attempting  a  treaty 
with  the  Blackfoot  Indians,  the  information  received  from 
Mr.  Henry  had  produced  a  change  in  the  intentions  of  Lisa. 
He  resolved  to  wait  for  him  at  this  place,  or  at  the  Arikara 
village;  and,  in  the  mean  while,  arrange  the  afifairs  of  the 
company. 

In  the  morning,  we  walked  to  the  fort  of  the  company, 
about  two  hundred  yards  from  the  bank  of  the  river.  It 
is  a  small  triangular  enclosure  with  bastions.  Here  I  found 
Mr.  Bradbury,  who  had  arrived  the  day  before.  He  had 
travelled  about  one  hundred  and  fifty  miles  by  land,  and 
describes  the  country  through  which  he  passed,  at  least  the 
distance  of  eight  or  ten  miles  from  the  river,  [181]  as  very 
handsome;  it  is  a  succession  of  beautiful  meadows,  with 
some  wood  along  the  water-courses.  On  approaching  the 
river  it  becom^^ore  broken  and  hilly. 

For  some  distance  from  the  fort,  the  upland  is  washed 


i8ii]  Brackenridge' s  Journal  139 

into  ravines,  and  is  stripped  of  its  soil,  presenting  nothing 
but  bare  heaps  of  earth  or  clay.  Many  of  these  clay  hills 
are  completely  detached  from  the  upland,  and  washed  by 
heavy  rains  into  a  variety  of  curious  and  fantastic  shapes, 
generally  of  whitish  color,  though  intermixed  with  strata 
of  various  hues.  The  ledge  of  limestone,  upon  which  the 
earth  or  clay  reposes,  shews  itself  in  many  places,  but  moul- 
dering and  crumbling,  from  the  action  of  the  frosts  and  rain. 
This  limestone  constitutes  at  least  one  half  in  the  wash- 
ings which  are  carried  to  the  Missouri;  and  similar  appear- 
ances, are  to  be  met  with  on  all  its  tributary  streams,  from 
this  upwards,  as  well  as  on  many  below.  Some  of  these 
clay  hills,  at  the  first  glance,  look  like  towers  or  circular 
buildings,  with  domes  and  cupolas;  and  what  contributes 
to  this,  the  top  of  some  of  them  are  covered  with  a 
beautiful  creeping  vine,  or  evergreen,  of  a  species,  which 
Mr.  Bradbury  [182]  informs  me,  is  described  by  Mishaux  Tn^c^^^^^,^^^ 
as  growing  on  the  lakes."  A  short  distance  below  the  fort, 
the  primitive  ground,  or  upland,  is  washed  into  a  steep 
precipice  by  the  river;  here  we  examined  a  strata  of  coal, 
of  a  good  quality,  and  about  eighteen  inches  in  thickness. 
Lisa  informed  me,  that  on  his  first  voyage  up  the  Missouri, 
he  observed  smoke  issuing  from  a  fissure  of  this  bluff,  and 
that  on  putting  down  a  stick,  fire  was  communicated.  On 
the  most  attentive  examination  we  could  discover  nothing 
of  this.  Amongst  other  objects  which  attracted  our  atten- 
tion, we  observed  quantities  of  petrified  wood  lying  about 
on  the  surface  of  the  clay  bills.  I  traced  a  whole  tree,  the 
stump  still  remaining  about  three  feet  high,  and  not  less 
than  four  in  diameter.  The  bark  was  in  general  decayed, 
but  we  could  easily  find  the  position  of  the  trunk  and  of 
its  branches,  as  it  had  fallen.    This  fact  seemed  to  me  the 

'"  This  vine  is  a  species  of  juniper,  which  Michauz  classifies  as  Juniperus 
procumhens. —  Ed. 


140  "Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

more  extraordinary,  as  the  trees  which  now  grow  even  in 
the  richest  bottom  land,  are  very  small,  few  exceeding  a 
foot  in  diameter,  and  seldom  more  than  forty  feet  in  height; 
while  on  the  upland,  the  soil  has  scarcely  sufl&cient  strength 
to  give  nourishment  to  a  delicate  [183]  grass,  and  here  and 
there  to  a  few  slender  shrubs.  These  facts  may  afford  a 
subject  of  amusing  inquiry,  to  those  who  have  leisure  for 
such  investigation.  Mr.  Bradbury  is  assiduously  employed 
in  collecting  specimens,  and  in  pursuing  his  botanical  re- 
searches; but  neither  he  nor  Mr.  Nuttal  have  much  success 
in  collecting  minerals. 

While  wandering  about  in  company  with  Nuttal  one  day, 
on  entering  a  grassy  piece  of  ground  we  observed  a  number 
of  ripe  strawberries.  This  was  the  first  intimation  that  any 
of  them  grew  in  this  part  of  the  world,  and  was  a  pleasing 
treat.  The  season  of  the  year,  being  now  the  month  of 
July,  rendered  it  still  more  unexpected. 

On  the  Fourth  of  July,  we  had  something  like  a  celebra- 
tion of  this  glorious  anniversary.  The  two  principal  chiefs 
happened  to  be  with  us;  the  One  ey^d,  and  the  Black  shoe. 
The  former  is  a  giant  in  stature,  and  if  his  one  eye  had  been 
placed  in  the  middle  of  his  forehead,  he  might  have  passed 
for  a  cyclop."  His  huge  limbs  and  gigantic  frame,  his 
bushy  hair  shading  his  coarse  visage  and  savage  features, 
with  his  one  eye  flashing  fire,  constituted  him  a  [184]  fearful 
demon.  He  sways,  with  unlimited  control,  all  these  villages, 
and  is  feared  by  all  the  neighboring  nations.  I  remarked 
that  on  one  or  two  occasions  he  treated  She-he-ke,  with 
great  contempt  —  Lisa  having  referred  to  something  said  by 
that  chief,  **What,"  said  this  monster,  **What!  does  that 
bag  of  lies  pretend  to  have  any  authority  here?""     He  is 


"  For  the  chief  One-Eyed  (Le  Borgne),  see  Bradbury's  Travels,  vol.  v  of  our 
series,  note  98. —  Ed. 

"  She-he-ke  is  a  fat  man,  extremely  talkative,  and  no  great  warrior. —  Bsace- 

ENRIDGE. 


i8ii]  Brackenridge* s  Journal  141 

sometimes  a  cruel  and  abominable  tyrant.  A  story  was 
related  to  me  of  his  cruelty,  which  has  in  it  something  of  a 
more  refined  tragic  nature,  than  we  usually  meet  with 
amongst  these  people.  Having  fallen  in  love,  (for  even 
Polyphemus  felt  the  influence  of  this  god,  who  spares  neither 
giants  nor  common  men,)  with  the  wife  of  a  young  warrior, 
he  went  to  his  lodge  during  his  absence,  and  carried  her  off 
by  force.  The  warrior  on  his  return,  repaired  to  the  One 
eyd  demon,  and  demanded  his  wife,  but  instead  of  receiving 
redress,  was  put  to  death,  while  the  wretched  object  of  the 
dispute  was  retained  in  the  embraces  of  her  ravisher.  The 
mother  of  the  young  warrior  whose  only  child  he  was,  be- 
came frantic,  lost  her  senses  from  [185]  excess  of  grief,  and 
now  does  nothing  but  go  about  reviling  him,  and  loading 
him  with  her  curses:  yet  such  is  the  superstitious  venera- 
tion (by  the  by  it  deserves  a  better  name  on  this  occasion) 
for  unhappy  objects  of  this  kind,  that  this  chief,  great  as 
he  is,  dare  not  lay  his  hand  on  her,  even  should  she  haunt 
him  like  one  of  the  Euminides,  wherever  he  may  appear. 

We  made  several  excursions  to  the  villages  below,  the 
nearest  about  six  miles  off;  but  as  they  differ  but  little  from 
those  of  the  Arikara,  I  will  give  no  particular  description 
of  them.  I  noticed  but  one  thing  as  remarkable.  About 
two  miles  on  this  side  of  the  first  village,  my  attention  was 
attracted  by  a  number  of  small  scaffolds,  distributed  over 
several  acres  of  ground  on  the  slope  of  a  hill.  I  soon  discov- 
ered that  this  was  a  depository  of  the  dead.  The  scaffolds 
were  raised  on  forks  about  ten  feet,  and  were  suflSciently 
wide  to  contain  two  bodies;  they  were  in  general  covered 
with  blue  and  scarlet  cloth,  or  wrapt  in  blankets  and  buffaloe 
robes;  we  did  not  approach  near  enough  to  examine  closely, 
this  frightful  Golgotha,  or  place  of  human  skeletons,  but 
we  could  see  a  great  number  of  valuable  articles  which  had 
been  left  [186]  as  offerings  to  the  manes  of  the  deceased. 
Several  crows  and  magpies,  were  perched  upon  them;  we 


142  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.6 

could  not  but  experience  a  sensation  of  horror,  when  we 
thought  of  the  attraction  which  brought  these  birds  to  this 
dismal  place.  Some  of  the  scaffolds,  had  nearly  fallen 
down,  perhaps  overturned  by  the  wind,  or  the  effect  of 
decay,  and  a  great  number  of  bones  were  scattered  on  the 
ground  underneath.  This  mode  of  exposing  the  dead  has 
something  peculiarly  horrible  in  it.  The  wolves  of  the 
prairie,  the  birds  of  the  air,  and  even  the  Indian  dogs,  are 
attracted  to  the  place,  and  taught  to  feed  on  human  flesh. 
This  custom  prevails  amongst  all  the  wandering  tribes;  but 
amongst  the  Arikara,  the  dead  are  deposited  in  a  grave 
as  with  us,  which  I  think  clearly  proves  their  origin  to  be 
different  from  that  of  their  neighbours;  for  there  is  nothing, 
in  which  men  in  all  ages  and  countries,  have  manifested  more 
solicitude,  than  in  the  treatment  of  the  remains  of  their 
deceased  friends. 

On  the  sixth  of  July  we  set  off  from  the  fort  to  return 
to  the  Arikara  village,  where  we  arrived  in  two  days  after 
without  any  material  occurrence.  We  found  Mr.  Hunt 
waiting  the  [187]  coming  of  the  Chiennes,  to  complete  his 
supply  of  horses. 

A  few  days  after  our  arrival,  a  great  commotion  was  heard 
in  the  village,  before  daylight;  ignorant  of  what  might  occa- 
sion it,  and  from  this  alone,  somewhat  alarmed,  when  we 
recollected  our  situation,  amongst  beings  in  whom  we  had 
but  little  reliance,  we  hastily  rose  and  ascended  the  plain 
in  order  to  ascertain  the  cause.  The  interpreter,  shortly 
after  came  to  us  with  the  information,  that  it  was  a  party 
of  three  hundred  men,  on  their  return,  after  a  battle  with 
a  party  of  Sioux  the  day  before,  in  which  they  had  been 
victorious,  with  the  loss  of  two  or  three  killed,  and  ten  or 
twelve  wounded,  and  that  they  were  then  within  a  few 
miles  of  the  village,  none  but  the  chief  of  the  party  having 
come  in.    By  this  our  minds  were  quieted.    We  waited 


i8ii]  Brackenridge's  yournal  143 

with  anxiety  for  their  approach  to  the  village,  which  we 
were  informed  would  be  made  with  considerable  ceremony; 
that  they  had  halted  within  a  few  miles  of  the  place,  to 
prepare  themselves  for  a  formal  and  splendid  entry,  and 
that  a  great  deal  of  Indian  finery  had  been  sent,  to  enable 
the  warriors  to  decorate  themselves  to  the  best  advantage. 

[188]  It  was  nearly  eleven  o'clock  in  the  day,  before  their 
approach  was  announced ;  in  the  meanwhile  a  stilly  suspense 
reigned  throughout  the  village,  all  sports  and  business  sus- 
pended, and  resembling  a  holiday  in  one  of  our  towns.  We 
discovered  them  at  length,  advancing  by  the  sound  of  their 
voices  over  a  hill,  about  a  mile  below  our  encampment. 
In  a  short  time  they  made  their  appearance;  at  the  same 
time,  the  inhabitants  of  the  town  moved  out  on  foot  to  meet 
them.  I  accompanied  them  for  some  distance,  and  then 
took  a  favorable  position  where  I  might  have  a  full  view 
of  this  singular  scene.  They  advanced  in  regular  pro- 
cession, with  a  slow  step  and  solemn  music,  extending  nearly 
a  quarter  of  a  mile  in  length,  and  separated  in  platoons, 
ten  or  twelve  abreast,  the  horsemen  placed  between  them, 
which  contributed  to  extend  their  line.  The  different 
bands,  of  which  I  have  spoken,  the  buffaloe,  the  bear, 
the  pheasant,  the  dog,  marched  in  separate  bodies,  each 
carrying  their  ensigns,  which  consisted  of  a  large  spear,  or 
bow,  richly  ornamented  with  painted  feathers,  beads,  and 
porcupine  quills.  The  warriors  were  dressed  in  a  variety 
of  ways,  some  [189]  with  their  cincture  and  crown  of  feathers, 
bearing  their  war  clubs,  guns,  bov/s  and  arrows,  and  painted 
shields:  each  platoon  having  its  musicians,  while  the  whole 
joined  in  the  song  and  step  together,  with  great  precision. 
In  each  band  there  were  scalps  fastened  to  long  poles:  this 
was  nothing  more  than  the  few  scalps  they  had  taken,  di- 
vided into  different  locks  of  hair,  so  as  to  give  the  semblance 
of  a  greater  number.    The  appearance  of  the  whole,  their 


144  Biarly  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

music,  and  the  voices  of  so  many  persons,  had  a  pleasing 
and  martial  effect.  The  scene  which  took  place,  when 
their  friends  and  relations  from  the  village,  mingled  with 
them,  was  really  affecting;  the  pen  of  a  Fenelon  would  not 
be  disgraced  in  attempting  the  description  of  it.  These, 
approached  with  song  and  solemn  dance,  as  the  warriors 
proceeded  slowly  through  their  ranks:  it  was  a  meeting  of 
persons  connected  by  the  most  tender  relations  —  the  scene 
would  baffle  description.  Fathers,  mothers,  wives,  brothers, 
sisters,  caressing  each  other,  without  interrupting  for  a 
moment,  the  regularity  and  order  of  the  procession,  or  the 
solemnity  of  the  song  and  step !  I  was  particularly  touched, 
with  the  tenderness  of  a  woman  [190]  who  met  her  son,  a 
youth  reported  badly  wounded,  but  who  exerted  himself  to 
keep  on  his  horse,  and  from  his  countenance  one  would 
have  supposed  nothing  had  been  the  matter  with  him.  She 
threw  her  arms  round  him  and  wept  aloud.  Notwithstand- 
ing this,  the  young  man  expired,  shortly  after  being  brought 
to  the  medicine  lodge;  for  it  is  the  custom  to  carry  such  as 
have  been  wounded  in  battle,  to  be  taken  care  of  in  this 
place,  at  the  public  expense.  As  they  drew  near  the  village, 
the  old  people,  who  could  barely  walk,  withered  by  extreme 
age,  came  out  like  feeble  grasshoppers,  singing  their  shrill 
songs,  and  rubbing  the  warriors  with  their  hands.  The 
day  was  spent  in  festivity  by  the  village  in  general,  and  in 
grief  by  those  who  had  lost  their  relatives.  We  saw  a  num- 
ber of  solitary  females,  on  the  points  of  the  hills  round  the  vil- 
lage, lamenting  in  mournful  wailings,  the  misfortunes  which 
had  befallen  them.  For  the  two  succeeding  days  the  village 
exhibited  a  scene  of  festivity;  all  their  painted  shields  and 
trophies,  were  raised  on  high  poles  near  the  lodges,  and  all 
the  inhabitants  dressed  out  in  their  finery —  all  their  labors 
and  sports  were  suspended,  and  [191]  the  whole  joined  in 
the  public  demonstrations  of  joy,  while  music,  songs,  and 


i8ii]  Brackenridge' s   'Journal  145 

dances  were  hardly  intermitted  for  a  moment.  The  temple, 
or  medicine  lodge,  was  the  principal  scene  of  their  dancing. 
I  entered  with  the  crowd,  and  found  a  spacious  building, 
sufficient  to  contain  five  or  six  hundred  persons.  I  found  to 
my  surprise  that  the  dancers  were  all  females,  with  arms  of 
the  warriors  in  their  hands,  and  wearing  some  parts  of  the 
dress  of  the  men.  They  performed  in  a  circular  inclosure, 
some  continually  leaving  it  and  others  supplying  their 
places.  The  orchestra  was  composed  of  ten  or  fifteen  men, 
with  drums,  bladders  filled  with  shot,  deer's  hoofs,  affixed 
to  rods,  and  shaken,  some  striking/'upon  war  clubs  with 
sticks;  the  whole  accompanied  with  the  voice.  The  old 
men  of  the  temple  were  continually  going  round  the  in- 
closure, and  raising  their  shrill  voices;  probably  saying 
something  to  excite  and  encourage.  Rude  as  this  may  be 
supposed  to  have  been,  there  was  yet  something  pleasing; 
their  music  was  by  no  means  discordant,  and  exceedingly 
animated.  It  would  be  tedious  to  enumerate  the  various 
ways  in  which  their  festivity  displayed  itself.  We  see  a 
nation,  actuated  [192]  by  the  same  feelings,  and  roused  by 
the  same  incidents  as  are  experiejiced  by  the  most  powerful 
on  earth.  How  much  superior  does  this  little  independent 
tribe  appear,  to  the  rich,  but  mean  and  spiritless  province 
or  colony,  where  nothing  but  individual  interests  are  felt !  — 
where  the  animating  sentiments  of  national  glory  and  re- 
nown, and  all  the  vicissitudes  of  national  calamity  or  pros- 
perity, are  never  felt  by  it  as  by  one  man ! 

I  must  not  omit  a  piece  of  hospitality,  which  exhibited 
more  refinement  than  I  had  expected  to  meet  with.  Several 
of  the  principal  chiefs  came  amongst  us,  and  selecting  each 
two  or  three,  invited  us  to  their  lodges  to  partake  of  the 
feast.  This  was  somewhat  in  the  stile  of  an  invitation  to 
dine:  I  had  the  honor  of  being  invited  by  the  Grey  eyes,  the 
leader  of  the  war  party.    I  found  various  dishes,  of  buffaloe. 


1 46  FiUrly  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

of  dog  meat,  and  of  homony  prepared  with  marrow.  I 
had  no  inclination  to  touch  the  dog  meat,  although  regarded 
as  a  great  delicacy.  During  the  repast,  six  young  men  en- 
tertained us  with  music;  a]ieY  the  cloth  was  removed,  or 
rather  the  dishes,  several  women  made  their  appearance, 
the  band  struck  up,  and  the  dance  [193]  was  begun.  One 
of  the  dancers,  an  old  woman,  every  now  and  then  recited 
something  which  appeared  to  amuse  the  company  very 
much,  and  called  forth  loud  laughter.  When  the  dance 
was  over,  the  chief  exhibited  to  me  a  number  of  dressed 
buffaloe  robes,  on  which  he  had  painted  his  different  battles. 
The  design  was  exceedingly  rude,  such  as  I  have  seen  on 
the  rocks  of  the  Ohio.  To  represent  the  path  of  horse  or 
foot-men,  he  had  simply  represented  their  tracks.  There 
was  nothing  like  hieroglyphic  painting,  or  any  mark  which 
could  convey  an  idea  of  the  time  when  the  action  occurred." 

[194]  CHAPTER  X 

Set  off  to  return  —  Battle  of  buffaloes  —  Fort  Clark  —  Ar- 
rival at  St.  Louis 

By  this  time,  the  curiosity  which  first  prompted  me  to 
undertake  this  voyage,  being  amply  gratified,  J,  began  to 
feel  a  strong  desire  of  returning  to  civilized  pursuits.  My 
habits  were  not  formed  to  this  wild,  irregular  existence, 
and  I  began  to  wish  for  a  return  with  much  anxiety. 
Lisa  was  disposed  to  second  my  wishes;  he  had  resolved 
to  load  with  skins  two  of  the  boats  purchased  from 
Hunt,  to  put  six  men  in  each,  and  to  give  me  the  command 
of  them.  Mr.  Bradbury  gladly  embraced  this  opportunity 
of  returning,  and  put  on  board  all  his  boxes  of  plants  and 
his  collection  of  specimens.    About  the  last  of  July,  with 

"  For  a  representation  of  painted  robes,  see  Smithsonian  Report,  1885,  part  ii, 
pp.  397-406.  On  picture-writing  in  general,  consult  Mallery,  "Picture-Writing 
of  American  Indians,"  Bureau  of  Ethnology  Report,  1888-89. —  Ed. 


i8ii]  Brackenridge' s  youmal  147 

joyful  hearts,  we  bid  adieu  to  the  village  of  Arikara.  Lisa 
gave  me  particular  directions  not  to  stop  on  account  of  any 
Indians,  and  if  possible,  to  go  day  and  night.  The  river 
was  now  extremely  [195]  high,  and  with  six  oars,  we  were 
able  to  make  little  short  of  twelve  miles  an  hour. 

The  first  day,  weather  uncommonly  fine,  we  passed  the 
Chienne  river,  and  continued  under  way  sometime  after 
night;  but  considering  this  not  altogether  safe,  we  thought 
it  prudent  to  lie  by  until  daylight.  Early  the  next  morning 
we  reached  the  great  bend.  Vast  numbers  of  buffaloes  were 
seen  at  both  sides;  as  this  was  near  the  season  when  the 
bulls  seek  the  society  of  the  cows,  for  at  other  times  they 
are  never  seen  in  the  same  herd;  the  most  tremendous  bel- 
lowing was  heard  on  every  side.  The  country,  from  the 
Mandan  villages  thus  far,  about  four  hundred  miles,  is 
beautiful,  and  the  soil  of  the  river  bottoms  rich.  The  pro- 
portion of  wood  is  about  the  same  as  would  be  suffered  to 
remain  if  the  land  were  in  the  highest  state  of  cultivation: 
but  the  upland  is  entirely  bare,  and  the  traveller  might  go 
many  miles  before  he  would  come  to  another  stream  where 
any  but  dwarf  trees  or  shrubs  might  be  seen.  The  wind 
rising,  we  were  compelled  to  remain  in  the  bend  during 
the  whole  afternoon.  On  the  N.  E.  side,  the  river  is  lined 
for  the  whole  distance,  by  bluffs,  nearly  bare,  [196]  and  cut 
up  into  numerous  gullies;  cherries,  currants,  gooseberries, 
and  dwarf  plum  trees,  are  seen  along  the  shore.  On  the 
S.  W.  side,  there  is  a  tract  of  bottom  land  the  whole  way, 
and  better  wooded  than  any  between  this  and  the  Mandan 
village.  The  islands,  which  are  met  with  at  the  distance  of 
every  few  miles,  are  all  surrounded  by  cedar  or  cotton-wood, 
but  the  inside  are  meadows. 

The  next  day  we  passed  the  White  river,  which  appears 
to  be  about  the  size  of  the  Chienne,  each  of  which 
is  as  large  as  the  Alleghany  or  Monongahela,  and  navi- 


148  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

gable  to  a  great  distance.  No  doubt,  in  time,  towns  will 
be  built  at  the  confluence  of  those  rivers,  as  is  the  case 
on  the  Ohio  at  this  day.  With  Mr.  Bradbury,  I  amused 
myself  in  making  remarks  upon  the  appearance  of  different 
spots,  as  we  glided  rapidly  past  them;  seated  on  the  stern 
of  the  boat  from  morning  till  night,  we  had  no  other  mode 
of  passing  the  time.  At  no  great  distance  below  White 
river,  the  Black  bluffs  begin  —  a  barren  and  miserable  coun- 
try for  nearly  an  hundred  miles  along  the  river:  there  are 
scarcely  any  bottoms,  and  the  bluffs  in  most  places  without 
even  a  covering  of  [197]  grass.  What  the  country  may  be, 
at  some  distance  from  the  river,  I  do  not  know;  but  certainly 
as  it  respects  the  margin  of  the  stream,  I  see  no  likelihood 
of  any  settlements  ever  being  formed  along  it;  there  must 
consequently  be  a  hiatus  between  the  settlements  which 
may  hereafter  be  made  above,  and  those  below.  Yet  we 
contemplated  this  part  of  the  country  with  much  pleasure,  for 
its  wild  and  romantic  appearance.  Descending  in  the  middle 
of  the  river,  we  had  a  much  better  view  than  when  we  came 
up,  being  then  compelled  by  the  swiftness  of  the  current  to 
choose  either  one  side  or  the  other.  In  some  places,  the 
hills  rose  to  the  height  of  mountains;  nothing  was  wanting 
but  some  old  ruined  castles,  to  complete  the  sombre,  yet 
magnificent  amphitheatric  landscapes.  It  contributed  much 
to  our  amusement,  to  observe  the  herds  of  buffaloe,  ascend- 
ing and  descending  by  a  winding  path. 

Towards  evening  the  sky  became  dark  and  lowering,  the 
hollow  sounding  wind,  and  the  feeble  distant  flashes  of  light- 
ning, with  a  frightful  redness  around  the  edges  of  the  horizon, 
foretold  an  approaching  storm.  Our  oarsmen  [198]  exerted 
themselves  to  their  utmost,  to  reach  some  woody  point, 
behind  which  we  might  seek  a  shelter.  But  in  vain — the 
bleak  and  dreary  bluffs  continued  on  each  side,  and  the 
lurid  darkness  of  the  coming     storm  was  fast  obscuring 


i8ii]  Brackenridge* s  journal  149 

what  remained  of  daylight.  It  was  thought  prudent  to  land 
in  a  little  recess  of  the  bluffs,  the  best  the  moment  would 
permit  us  to  choose;  but  the  wind  had  full  scope,  as  we  were 
in  the  midst  of  a  long  reach.  We  were  not  long  in  suspense. 
The  flashes  of  lightning  became  every  moment  more  vivid, 
and  the  thunder,  in  tremendous  peals,  seemed  to  shake  the 
earth.  A  dreadful  gale  ensued,  which  threatened  every  mo- 
ment to  dash  our  little  barques  to  pieces,  or  whelm  them 
in  the  waves:  and  called  forth  our  utmost  exertions  to  pre- 
serve them.  For  nearly  an  hour,  it  was  found  necessary 
to  hold  our  blankets  to  the  sides  of  the  boats,  to  prevent 
them  from  filling.  Our  strength  was  almost  exhausted  with 
fatigue,  when  the  violence  of  the  wind  abated,  and  was  suc- 
ceeded by  a  heavy  rain,  which  poured  upon  us  the  whole 
night.  Had  our  boats  sunk  we  should  have  lost  every  thing, 
and  most  probably  have  perished.  For  myself,  I  was  ac- 
customed [199]  to  these  things;  but  I  felt  for  my  friend  Brad- 
bury. Poor  old  man,  the  exposure  was  much  greater  than 
one  of  his  years  could  well  support.  His  amiable  ardor  in 
the  pursuit  of  knowledge,  did  not  permit  him  for  a  moment 
to  think  of  his  advanced  age ;  and  wherever  he  may  be,  (for 
I  have  not  heard  from  him  for  several  years,)  he  carries 
with  him  the  warmest  wishes  of  my  heart. 

The  next  day  we  passed  the  Poncas  village.  The  inhab- 
itants had  gone  into  the  plains.  In  the  evening  when  within 
a  few  miles  of  a  point  above  the  isle  a  Bon  homme,  our  ears 
were  assailed  by  a  murmuring  noise.  As  we  drew  near  it 
grew  to  a  tremendous  roaring,  such  as  to  deafen  us.  On 
landing  we  discovered  the  grove  crowded  with  buffaloe,  the 
greater  part  engaged  in  furious  combat  —  the  air  filled  with 
their  dreadful  bellowing.  A  more  frightful  sight  cannot 
easily  be  imagined.  Conceive  several  thousand  of  these 
furious  animals,  roaring  and  rushing  upon  each  other,  pro- 
ducing a  scene  of  horror,  confusion,  and  fierceness,  like  the 


150  Karly  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

fight  of  armies:  the  earth  trembled  beneath  their  feet,  the 
air  was  deafened,  and  the  grove  was  shaken  with  the  shock 
of  [200]  their  tremendous  battle.  I  am  conscious  that  with 
many,  I  run  the  risk  of  being  thought  to  indulge  in  romance, 
in  consequence  of  this  account:  but  with  those  who  are 
informed  of  the  astonishing  number  of  the  buffaloe,  it  will 
not  be  considered  incredible.  We  soon  discovered  that  a 
herd  of  males  had  broken  in  amongst  a  number  of  females 
and  that  these  were  the  cause  of  a  conflict,  which  raged  with 
unparalleUed  fury.  We  fired  amongst  them  but  without  pro- 
ducing much  effect;  we  then  embarked  and  proceeded  on 
our  voyage.  On  the  hills  in  every  direction  they  appeared 
by  thousands.  Late  in  the  evening  we  saw  an  immense  herd 
in  motion  along  the  sides  of  the  hill,  at  full  speed:  their 
appearance  had  something  in  it,  which,  without  incurring 
ridicule,  I  might  call  sublime  —  the  sound  of  their  foot- 
steps, even  at  the  distance  of  two  miles,  resembled  the  rum- 
bling of  distant  thunder. 

The  next  morning  great  numbers  of  bufifaloe  were  seen 
swimming  the  river,  we  frequently  steered  amongst  them, 
and  fired  on  them  through  wantonness,  which  I  could  not 
restrain,  however  blameable.  The  weather  was  delightful, 
and  we  had  an  extraordinary  [201]  run  of  one  hundred  and 
forty-two  miles  from  daylight  till  dark.  In  the  evening  we 
passed  the  grave  of  Floyd,  and  for  a  moment  we  thought  it 
proper  to 

" suspend  the  dashing  oar. 

To  bid  his  gentle  spirit  rest." 

At  the  Maha  village  we  found  no  one.  This  was  not  dis- 
agreeable to  us,  as  we  supposed  the  Big  Elk,  who  is  a  chief 
of  great  celebrity,  would  not  be  disposed  to  treat  us  well,  in 
consequence  of  the  neglect  to  pay  him  our  respects  in  ascend- 
ing.   From  the  Poncas  to  the  Mahas,  the  bottoms  are  wider, 


i8ii]  Brackenridge' s  'Journal  151 

and  better  wooded  than  above,  but  the  upland  much  the 
same.  We  found  the  lowlands  almost  every  where  under 
water  —  were  in  consequence  compelled  this  evening  to  en- 
camp on  some  drift  wood.  It  was  dangerous  to  proceed 
after  night  on  account  of  the  number  of  trees  fixed  in  the 
bottom  of  the  river,  and  besides  in  almost  every  bend  there 
were  a  number  which  had  fallen  in :  even  in  the  day  time 
there  was  frequently  great  difficulty  in  passing  along,  we 
several  times  narrowly  escaped  being  dashed  to  pieces.  The 
arks,  or  flat  boats,  in  use  on  the  Ohio  and  [202]  Mississippi, 
could  not  possibly  navigate  this  river. 

The  foUoviring  day  we  passed  the  Blackbird  hill,  and  the 
river  Platte.  The  navigation  in  this  part  is  much  more 
dangerous  than  above,  from  the  number  of  trees  fixed  in 
the  bottom.  The  bottoms  are  also  much  wider,  and  better 
wooded;  in  some  places  for  twenty  miles  and  upwards,  we 
were  out  of  sight  of  the  high  lands:  but  the  low  grounds  were 
every  where  inundated.  The  water  rushed  into  the  woods 
with  great  velocity,  and  in  bends  it  poured  over  the  gorge 
into  the  river  again;  a  sheet  of  water  sometimes  for  a  mile, 
flowed  over  the  bank,  forming  singular  cascades  of  eighteen 
inches  in  height. 

In  something  more  than  two  days  afterwards,  we  arrived 
at  Fort  Clark,  having  come  a  thousand  miles  in  eight  or 
nine  days,  without  meeting  a  living  soul.  Here  we  were 
treated  politely  by  the  officers.  Mr.  Sibly,  the  factor,  had 
returned  but  a  few  days  before,  from  a  journey  to  the  interior, 
and  shewed  us  specimens  of  salt,  which  he  had  procured  at 
the  salines,  on  the  Arkansas. 

[203]  We  arrived  at  St.  Louis  early  in  August,  having 
made  fourteen  hundred  and  forty  miles  in  little  better  than 
fourteen  days.  Here  we  experienced  all  the  pleasure  of  a 
safe  return  after  an  absence  of  nearly  five  months.    I  was 


152  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

much  gratified  with  my  excursion  and  if  there  be  any  thing 
in  this  rude  and  hasty  diary,  to  please  my  friends,  that  grat- 
ification will  be  more  than  doubled. 


About  the  latter  end  of  October,  Lisa  returned  to  St. 
Louis.  Mr.  Henry  had  joined  him  at  the  Arikara  village, 
having  passed  the  mountains  early  in  the  spring,  and  having 
encountered  incredible  sufiFerings  and  dangers.  Lisa  had 
left  trading  establishments  with  the  Sioux,  below  the  Cedar 
island,  as  well  as  with  the  Mandans,  and  Arikaras.  Mr. 
Nuttal,  who  had  chosen  to  remain  sometime  longer  with 
Lisa,  had  also  returned. 

The  party  of  Mr.  Hunt  had  set  off  for  its  destination  on  the 
Columbia. 

[204]  This  immense  tract  of  country  has  now  become 
the  theatre  of  American  enterprise.  There  prevails  amongst 
the  natives  west  of  the  mountains,  a  spirit  of  wild  adventure, 
which  reminds  us  of  the  fictitious  characters  of  Ariosto. 
The  American  hunters  constitute  a  class,  different  from 
any  people  known  to  the  east  of  the  mountains.  The  life 
which  they  lead  is  exceedingly  fascinating.  Their  scene 
ever  changing  —  ever  presenting  something  new.  Con- 
fined by  no  regular  pursuit  —  their  labor  is  amusement.  I 
have  called  the  region  watered  by  the  Missouri  and  its  trib- 
utaries, THE  PARADISE  OF  HUNTERS;  it  is  indeed  to  them  a 
paradise.  I  have  been  acquainted  with  several,  who,  on 
returning  to  the  settlements,  became  in  a  very  short  time  dis- 
satisfied, and  wandered  away  to  these  regions,  as  delightful 
to  them,  as  are  the  regions  of  fancy  to  the  poet. 

"Theirs  the  wild  life,  in  frolick  still  to  range, 
From  toil  to  rest,  and  joy  in  every  change." 


APPENDIX" 

[/  extract  the  jollowing  from  the  ^^  Views  of  Louisiana,'^  to 
assist  the  reader  in  forming  a  general  idea  of  that  inter- 
esting portion  of  the  American  empire.} " 

CHAPTER  III 

Face  of  the  country  —  Change  which  a  part  has  probably 
undergone  —  Climate  —  Extent  and  importance. 

Tms  extensive  portion  of  North  America,  has  usually 
been  described  from  a  small  part  which  is  occupied  by  the 
settlements;  as  though  [224]  it  were  limited  to  the  borders  of 
the  Mississippi,  as  Egypt  is  confined  to  the  vicinity  of  the 
Nile.  Some  represent  it,  in  general  description,  as  a  low  flat 
country,  abounding  in  swamps  and  subject  to  inundation. 
Others  speak  of  it  as  one  vast  wilderness; 

' '  Missouri  marches  through  his  worid  of  woods. " 

BARLOW. 

If  Louisiana  were  to  be  described  like  other  countries,  not 
from  a  particular  section,  but  from  the  appearance  of  the 
whole,  combined  in  a  general  view,  we  should  say,  that  it  is 
an  extensive  region  of  open  plains  and  meadows,  inter- 
spersed with  bare  untillable  hUls,  and  having  some  resem- 
blance to  the  Steppes  of  Tartary,  or  the  Saharas  of  Africa,  but 

"  Brackenridge  includes  in  his  appendix,  matter  which  is  also  given  by  Brad- 
bury (vol.  V  of  our  series),  and  which  therefore  is  here  omitted:  ist,  Sibley's  journey 
to  the  salines,  incorporated  by  Bradbury  in  the  text  of  his  journal,  pp.  191-194. 
2d,  extract  from  the  Missouri  Gazette,  on  voyage  of  the  Astorians  —  Bradbury,  ap- 
pendix iii.     3d,  oration  of  Big  Elk  —  Bradbury,  appendix  ii. —  Ed. 

"  Brackenridge  in  the  early  part  of  181 1  wrote  some  articles  on  Louisiana  for 
periodical  publication.  Thfese  he  afterwards  revised  and  enlarged,  and  incorpo- 
rated in  a  volume  entitled  Views  of  Louisiana  (Pittsburgh,  1814).  From  this  he 
has  extracted  chapter  iii,  to  include  in  the  appendix  to  the  journal.  See  preface 
to  the  present  volume. —  Ed. 


1 54  EiUrly  Western  Travels  [Vol  6 

without  the  morasses  and  dull  uniformity  of  the  one,  or 
the  dreary  sterility  of  the  others.  The  tracts  lying  on  the 
great  rivers,  it  is  true,  constitute  the  most  valuable  parts  of 
Louisiana;  but  these,  in  geographical  extent,  are  very  incon- 
siderable, when  compared  with  the  remainder.  They  are 
principally  on  the  Mississippi,  Missouri,  Arkansas,  and  Red 
river;  and  are  vallies,  seldom  exceeding  ten  or  twelve  miles 
in  width,  [225]  of  a  soil  exceedingly  rich  and  productive,  but 
much  interspersed  with  lakes,  and  refluent  currents,  or 
bayous.  To  give  a  more  perfect  and  satisfactory  view  of 
this  country,  it  will  be  convenient  to  examine  it  under  three 
divisions. 

1 .  The  regions  beyond  the  settlements. 

2.  The  territory  of  the  Missouri. 

3.  The  state  of  Louisiana. 

Volney  has  properly  called  the  country  drained  by  the 
Mississippi  and  its  waters,  a  valley;  but  it  is  to  be  observed, 
that  the  western  side  is  nearly  three  times  as  large  as  the 
other,  and  traversed  by  much  more  considerable  rivers: 
and  the  mountains  which  enclose  it  on  the  west  and  south- 
west, are  of  a  much  greater  magnitude  than  the  Alleghanies. 

To  pursue  some  plan  in  these  views,  I  propose  to  take 
up  the  first  book,  with  some  general  description  of  Louisiana, 
its  rivers,  soil  and  productions,  and  to  give  in  the  next  book, 
a  more  detailed  account  of  the  territory  of  the  Missouri,  and 
of  the  state  of  Louisiana  — 

The  Rocky  Mountains  are  without  doubt  a  continuation 
of  the  Andes.  Their  course  is  nearly  north  and  south;  in 
width  and  elevation,  some  of  them  are  little  inferior  to  the 
[226]  mountains  of  South  America.  There  are  a  number  of 
peaks  of  immense  height,  and  covered  with  perennial  snows. 
Their  highest  elevation,  (which  may  be  considered  the  table 
land  of  North  America,)  is  not  further  north  than  the  41° 
of  lat.    It  is  from  this  quarter  that  many  of  our  greatest 


i8ii]  Brackenridge's  'Journal  155 

rivers  take  their  rise,  and  flow  in  opposite  directions;"  the 
Colorado  of  California,  Rio  del  Norte,  the  Arkansas,  the 
Platte,  and  the  Roche  Jaune,  (yellow  stone.)  It  will  be  to 
the  geologist  an  interesting  work,  to  trace  the  various  ridges, 
connexions,  spurs  and  dependencies  of  these  mountains. 
There  is  a  long  chain  of  hills,  which  generally  separate  the 
waters  of  the  Missouri  from  those  of  the  Arkansas  and 
Mississippi,  and  which  are  commonly  called  the  Black  moun- 
tains. The  hills  in  the  White  river  country,  and  those  west 
of  the  Mississippi,  towards  the  head  of  the  St.  Francis  and 
the  Maramek,  so  abundant  in  minerals,  may  be  depen- 
dencies of  the  Black  mountains.  There  are  high  rugged  hills, 
approaching  to  mountains,  between  the  upper  part  of  the 
Washita  river  and  the  Arkansas,  of  which  [227]  some  account 
may  be  found  in  Hunter  and  Dunbar's  voyage  up  the 
Washita." 

Taking  the  distance  from  the  Mississippi  to  the  mountains, 
to  be  about  nine  hundred  miles,  of  the  first  two  hundred 
miles,  the  larger  proportion  is  fit  for  settlements.  There  is 
a  great  deal  of  well  timbered  land  and  the  soil  is  generally 
good ;  this  quality,  however,  diminishes  as  we  ascend  north, 
where  the  soil  becomes  unproductive  and  almost  barren, 
and  as  we  advance  westward  the  land  becomes  more  bare 
of  woods.  For  the  next  three  hundred  miles  the  country 
can  scarcely  be  said  to  admit  of  settlements;  the  wooded 
parts  form  but  trifling  exceptions  to  its  general  appearance, 
and  are  seldom  found  except  in  the  neighbourhood  of  streams; 
we  may  safely  lay  it  down  as  a  general  remark,  that  after 

"  See  Pike's  Journal. —  Brackenridge. 

Comment  by  Ed. —  Pike,  Account  of  Expeditions  to  Sources  of  Mississippi, 
and  through  Western  Parts  of  Louisiana  .  .  .  during  the  years  iSoj,  l8o6,  and 
1807  (Baltimore,  1810);  new  edition,  Coues  ed.  (New  York,  1895). 

"  The  Journal  of  William  Dunbar  and  Dr.  Hunter  up  the  Red  and  Washita 
rivers  was  published  in  Lewis  and  Clark,  Statistical  Account  (London,  1807), 
pp.  74-116. —  Ed. 


156  Rarly  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

the  first  hundred  miles,  no  timber  is  found  on  the  upland 
except  it  be  pine  or  cedar.  The  rest  of  the  country  is  made 
up  of  open  plains  of  immense  extent,  chequered  with  wav- 
ing ridges  which  enable  the  traveller  to  see  his  journey  of 
several  days  before  him.  Yet  a  great  proportion  of  the 
soil  would  bear  cultivation,  the  river  bottoms,  being  gener- 
ally fine,  and  many  spots  truly  [228]  beautiful:  there  are 
other  places,  however,  barren  in  the  extreme,  producing  noth- 
ing but  hyssop  and  prickly  pears.  The  same  description 
will  suit  the  rest  of  the  country  to  the  Rocky  mountains; 
except  that  it  is  more  mountainous,  badly  watered,  and  a  great 
proportion  entirely  barren.**  In  the  two  last  divisions  the 
bodies  of  land  fit  for  settlements,  are  so  distant  from  each 
other,  that  there  is-  scarcely  any  probability  of  any  being 
formed  for  centuries,  if  ever. 

A  great  proportion  of  the  country  watered  by  the  Mis- 
souri and  its  tributary  streams,  appears  to  have  undergone 
some  wonderful  change,  from  causes  not  easy  to  ascertain; 
the  influence  of  fire  is  however  evident.  I  have  seen  in 
places,  banksr'of  clay  burnt  almost  to  the  consistence  of  brick; 
of  this  kind,  there  is  above  the  Poncas  village  what  is  called 
the  tower,  a  steep  hill  one  hundred  and  fifty  feet  in  height, 
and  four  or  five  hundred  in  circumference:  it  is  so  hard  as 
not  to  be  affected  by  [229]  the  washing  of  the  rains.  Large 
masses  of  pumice  are  seen  near  these  places,  and  frequently 
in  the  high  bluffs  of  the  river  banks.  These  appearances 
were  formerly  attributed  to  the  existence  of  volcanoes  on 
the  Missouri,  but  they  are  now  generally  supposed  to  be  the 
effects  of  coal  banks  continuing  a  long  time  on  fire.  I  am 
well  satisfied  that  this  fossil  abounds  in  every  part  of  the 
great  valley  of  the  Mississippi.    Many  of  the  river  hills 

'*  There  are  extensive  tracts  of  moving  sands  similar  to  those  of  the  African 
deserts.  Mr.  Makey  informed  me  that  he  was  several  days  in  passing  over  one  of 
these  between  the  Platte  and  the  Missouri,  and  near  the  mountains;  there  was  no 
sign  of  vegetation. —  Brackensidge. 


i8ii]  Brackenridge' s   "Journal  157 

present  the  appearance  of  heaps  of  clay,  great  quantities  of 
which,  on  the  melting  of  the  snows,  and  in  heavy  rains,  are 
precipitated  and  carried  to  the  principal  river.  This  clay 
is  of  a  grey  color,  extremely  tenacious,  being  mixed  with  a 
large  proportion  of  calcarious  earth;  the  incumbent  soil 
having  been  first  carried  away;  the  rock  on  which  it  re- 
posed being  laid  bare  to  the  frost  and  sun,  and  perhaps 
affected  by  the  burning  of  coal  banks  near  it,  gradually 
crumbled  and  united  with  the  clay.  In  taking  up  a  handful, 
one  may  pick  out  pieces  of  gypsum,  (sulphat  of  lime)  some  of 
half  an  ounce  weight.  Near  these  spots  are  usually  found 
glaubers  salt,  (sulphat  of  soda)  and  common  salt,  ooz- 
ing with  water  out  of  the  ground,  and  crystallized  [230]  on 
the  surface.  The  most  remarkable  fact,  is  the  appear- 
ance on  these  heaps  of  clay,  of  the  remains  of  trees,  in  a 
state  of  petrifaction,  and  some  of  enormous  size.  Frag- 
ments may  be  every  where  picked  up,  but  stumps  of  four 
or  five  feet  in  height,  perfectly  turned  to  stone,  and  the 
trunks  of  tall  trees,  may  be  seen  and  traced.  This  is 
extraordinary  in  a  country,  where  even  in  the  richest 
alluvions  the  timber  attains  but  a  stinted  growth. 

From  these  facts  an  ingenious  theorist  might  conjec- 
ture, that  the  Missouri  has  not  always  brought  down  in 
its  channel,  that  astonishing  quantity  of  earth  which  it 
does  at  the  present  day.  It  is  probable  that  other  causes, 
as  in  Tartary,  might  have  operated  in  preventing  the  growth 
of  woods,  in  a  great  proportion  of  this  western  region; 
but  something  of  a  different  kind  must  have  effected  a 
change  in  this  country,  which  apparently  was  once  covered 
with  trees.  What  immense  quantities  of  the  earth  must 
have  been  carried  off  to  form  the  great  alluvions  of  the 
Mississippi,  by  means  of  the  Arkansas,  Red  river,  and 
chiefly  from  the  Missouri,  not  to  mention  the  vast  quanti- 
ties lost  in  the  gulf  of  Mexico.    The  result  of  a  [231]  calcu- 


158  'Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

lation  would  be  curious.  The  marks  of  this  loss,  are  very 
evident  in  the  neighborhood  of  nearly  all  the  rivers  which 
discharge  themselves  into  the  Missouri  above  the  Platte. 
Some  of  the  appearances  may  rank  amongst  the  greatest 
natural  curiosities  in  the  world.  The  traveller  on  enter- 
ing a  plain,  is  deceived  at  the  first  glance  by  what  appears 
to  be  the  ruins  of  some  great  city;  rows  of  houses  for  sev- 
eral miles  in  length,  and  regular  streets.  At  the  first  view 
there  appears  to  be  all  the  precision  of  design,  with  the 
usual  deviations  representing  palaces,  temples,  &c.;  which 
appearances  are  caused  by  the  washing  away  of  the  hills,  as 
before  described.  These  remains,  being  composed  of  more 
durable  substance  continue  undecayed,  while  the  rest  is 
carried  off.  The  strata  have  the  appearance  of  different 
stories;  the  isolated  and  detached  hills  constitute  the  re- 
mainder. I  had  this  description  from  hunters,  and  from 
persons  of  intelligence  who  have  met  with  them,  and  I  have 
myself  seen  places  near  the  Missouri  very  similar. 

There  is  but  a  small  portion  of  this  extensive  region  that 
is  not  calcarious;  in  this  respect  resembling  the  section  of 
the  valley  which  [232]  lies  east  of  the  Mississippi.  A  fact 
which  is  singular  enough,  on  the  summits  of  many  of  the 
river  hills,  about  one  thousand  miles  up,  large  blocks  of 
granite  are  found,  of  several  tons  weight;  these  continue  to 
be  seen  until  we  reach  the  first  range  of  primitive  mountains. 
It  is  possible  there  may  have  been  a  lower  range,  which 
from  the  change  produced  by  the  wearing  away  of  the  earth 
has  gradually  disappeared. 

Some  of  the  peculiarities  of  climate  may  be  noted  in 
this  place.  The  height  of  this  western  region,  and  the 
open  plains  which  compose  it,  cause  it  to  possess  a  pure 
elastic  air.  The  sky  has  a  more  delightful  blue  than  I 
ever  saw  any  where  else;  the  atmosphere  in  a  serene  calm 
evening  is  so  clear,  that  a  slight  smoke  can  be  discerned 


i8ii]  Brackenridge' s  ^Journal  159 

at  the  distance  of  many  miles;  and  it  is  of  great  importance 
to  the  Indians  in  detecting  their  enemies,  and  in  giving 
warning;  but  it  also  exercises  their  caution  in  the  highest 
degree.  In  point  of  health,  it  is  unnecessary  to  say  any 
thing;  such  a  country  must  necessarily  be  salubrious. 
The  heat  of  the  sun  is  greatest  in  the  month  of  July, 
and  at  that  time  is  not  less  intense  than  in  other  [233]  parts 
of  the  continent,  but  it  is  rendered  more  supportable  by  the 
breezes  which  continually  fan  the  air.  Spring  opens 
about  the  last  of  April,  and  vegetation  is  in  considerable 
forwardness  by  the  middle  of  May.  Such  fruits  as  the 
country  affords,  principally  berries,  sand  cherries,  and 
currants,  do  not  ripen  until  the  latter  end  of  July.  I  found 
strawberries  ripe  about  the  fourth  of  that  month,  near  the 
Mandan  villages.  Plums  ripen  in  the  latter  end  of  Au- 
gust. The  winter  sets  in  the  beginning  of  October,  but  there 
is  frost  frequently  in  August  and  September.  The  cold 
is  excessive  during  the  winter  seasons;  there  are  frequent 
storms  which  continue  for  several  days,  and  render  it  dan- 
gerous for  any  but  Indians  to  stir  out,  without  running  the 
risk  of  being  frozen.  These  observations  apply  to  the  greater 
portion  of  this  region,  but  with  respect  to  the  part  which  lies 
south  of  the  Arkansas,  must  be  taken  with  considerable 
allowance. 

To  the  north  of  the  river  just  mentioned,  rains  are  not 
frequent,  but  when  they  set  in,  pour  down  in  torrents. 
To  the  south,  there  is  seldom  any  rain,  its  place  being 
supplied  by  heavy  dews.  In  the  dry  season,  at  a  distance 
[234]  from  the  great  rivers,  water  is  every  where  exceedingly 
scarce.  The  Indians  in  their  journeys,  generally  so  shape 
their  course  as  to  pass  where  ponds  of  water  are  known  to  be; 
but  they  most  usually  carry  a  sufficient  quantity  in  bladders. 
In  this  season,  a  person  in  traversing  the  country,  will 
be  frequently  surprised  at  crossing  the  beds  or   channels 


1 6o  Fidrly  Western  Travels  [Vol.  6 

of  large  rivers,  without  finding  a  drop  of  water.  After 
rains,  or  the  melting  of  snows,  torrents  roll  down  these 
channels.  It  is  not  surprising  that  a  country  so  distant 
from  the  sea,  drained  by  a  river  which  has  a  course  of 
four  thousand  miles,  before  it  reaches  the  great  reservoir, 
should  not  be  so  well  watered.  This  deficiency  is  another 
amongst  the  impediments  to  the  settlements  of  that  vast 
waste. 

According  to  the  boundaries  before  laid  down,  Louis- 
iana is  at  least,  one-third  larger  than  the  rest  of  the  United 
States,  and  contains  little  short  of  one  million  and  a  half 
of  square  miles.  But  we  should  be  greatly  deceived  if  in 
estimating  its  importance  we  take  into  view  only  its  geo- 
graphical extent.  Constituting  the  central  or  interior  part 
of  North  America,  the  greater  portion  of  it,  is  at  too  remote 
a  distance  [235]  from  the  ocean  to  have  an  easy  and  advanta- 
geous communication  with  the  rest  of  the  world.  When 
compared  to  other  parts  of  America  it  may  be  considered 
as  badly  watered,  and  devoid  of  that  facility  of  intercourse 
from  navigable  rivers  which  they  possess.  I  am  to  be 
understood,  as  speaking  of  Louisiana  generally;  there  are 
exceptions  to  these  general  observations:  the  territory  of 
the  Missouri,  and  the  state  of  Louisiana,  are  amply  sufl&- 
cient  to  make  amends  for  the  unpromising  character  of 
the  remainder,  they  may  be  justly  reckoned  amongst  the 
most  interesting  portions  of  the  American  empire. 

From  what  has  been  already  said,  it  will  be  seen  that 
the  prevailing  idea  of  those  western  regions,  being  like  the 
rest  of  the  United  States,  susceptible  of  cultivation,  and 
affording  endless  out-lets  to  settlements,  is  erroneous.  These 
out-lets  when  compared  to  the  extent  of  country  are  ex- 
tremely limited;  they  are  much  less  considerable  than  on 
the  eastern  side  of  the  Mississippi.    The  natives  will  prob- 


i8ii]  Brackenridge's  journal  i6i 

ably  remain  in  quiet  and  undisturbed  possession,  for 
at  least  a  century,  for  until  our  country  becomes  in  some 
degree  surcharged  with  population,  [236]  there  is  scarcely 
any  probability  of  settlers  venturing  far  into  those  regions. 
A  dififerent  mode  of  life,  habits  altogether  new  and  suited 
to  the  situation,  would  have  to  be  adopted.  Settlements 
would  have  to  be  strung  along  water  courses  at  such  dis- 
tances from  each  other,  that  they  could  not  protect  them- 
selves from  the  wandering  tribes.  The  distance  from  mar- 
ket, and  the  difficulties  of  reaching  it,  would  render  the  agri- 
cultural produce  of  little  or  no  value.  Yet,  I  am  convinced, 
that  did  not  the  Indians  possess  it,  there  would  in  a  very 
short  time,  be  many  small  groups  of  settlements  scattered 
through  it.  This  country,  it  is  certain,  can  never  become 
agricultural,  but  it  is  in  many  respects  highly  favorable 
to  the  multiplication  of  flocks  and  herds.  Those  delight- 
ful spots  where  the  beauty  and  variety  of  landscape,  might 
challenge  the  fancy  of  the  poet,  invite  to  the  pastoral  life. 
How  admirably  suited  to  that  interesting  animal,  the  sheep, 
are  those  clean  smooth  meadows,  of  a  surface  infinitely  varied 
by  hill  and  dale,  covered  with  a  short  sweet  grass  inter- 
mixed with  thousands  of  the  most  beautiful  flowers,  unde- 
formed  by  a  single  weed. 

[237]  This  contraction  of  the  settlements  will  have  its 
advantages.  The  territory  we  possessed  before  the  acquisi- 
tion of  Louisiana,  would  not  have  been  filled  up  for  a  great 
length  of  time:  it  will  require  ages,  and  even  centuries 
before  our  lands  can  be  cultivated  as  in  Europe,  or  before 
the  population  presses  on  the  means  of  subsistence.  A 
thin  and  scattered  population  is  a  disadvantage,  as  it  weakens 
a  nation  and  retards  the  progress  of  improvements.  There 
is  also  a  consideration  which  will  strike  at  the  first  view; 
the  vast  open  plains  which  separate  us  from  the  Mexican 


1 62  Early  Western  Travels  [Vol.6 

provinces  will  for  a  long  time  prevent  any  serious  diffi- 
culties as  to  boundary,  where  there  exist  so  little  data  for 
determining  it. 

To  dilate  upon  the  political  advantages  of  the  acqui- 
sition of  Louisiana  would  fill  a  volume.  It  may  be  re- 
garded as  one  of  the  most  fortunate  occurrences  in  our 
history.  Had  this  country  continued  in  the  hands  of  any 
other  power,  it  is  highly  probable  that  we  should  have 
been  involved  in  expensive  wars,  or  perhaps  a  separation 
of  the  western  states  might  have  taken  place.  To  these 
states  the  free  navigation  of  the  Mississippi  is  absolutely 
necessary,  [238]  and  while  Louisiana  remained  in  the  pos- 
session of  any  European  nation  it  would  always  have  been 
subject  to  interruption.  This  consideration  alone  would 
have  been  worth  the  price  paid  for  the  province.  The 
connexion  between  the  existence  of  a  republic  and  the 
extent  of  its  territory,  is  still  a  vexata  questio  amongst 
politicians,  and  can  only  be  decided  by  the  experiment  of 
ours.  I  will  only  venture  to  suggest  one  idea.  In  a  small 
extent  of  country  there  is  danger  from  the  momentary 
bias  of  popular  opinion;  the  permanent  interests,  may  not 
be  sufficiently  diversified,  and  should  the  confederacy 
divide  on  this  subject,  into  two  great  parties,  nothing 
can  long  retain  them  in  union.  In  an  extensive  region 
like  ours,  even  with  the  aid  of  our  thousand  newspapers, 
popular  feeling  cannot  be  suddenly  aroused  to  such  a  pitch 
of  passion  and  phrenzy,  as  to  break  down  the  barriers  of 
reason;  and  the  northern  and  southern  interests,  (of  which 
we  hear,)  are  neutralized  by  the  weight  of  several  impor- 
tant states,  whose  interests  are  connected  with  that  of  both. 
The  western  states,  like  the  southern,  are  devoted  to  agri- 
culture, but  at  the  same  time,  dependent  on  the  commerce 
[239]  of  the  northern  for  the  conveniences  and  luxuries  of 
life. 


i8ii]  Brackenridge  s   'Journal  163 

The  security  our  western  settlements  will  derive  against 
the  numerous  tribes  of  savages,  who  would  be  at  the  dis- 
posal of  any  power  holding  Louisiana,  may  be  ranked 
amongst  the  most  certain  advantages  of  the  acquisition. 
Our  vicinity  to  the  Mexican  provinces  will  enable  us  to 
carry  on  a  trade,  which,  if  permitted  to  be  free,  must  in  a 
short  time  become  of  incalculable  value.  It  is  ardently 
to  be  wished,  that  these  people  during  their  present  strug- 
gles may  be  able  to  throw  ofif  the  foreign  government, 
which  ruled  them  as  it  were  by  the  spells  of  Circe,  by  using 
every  art  to  retain  them  in  ignorance,  and  to  render  them 
debased.  Could  these  people  become  independent,  and  be 
regenerated  by  the  ennobling  spirit  of  freedom,  the  north- 
em  continent  would  be  exclusively  possessed  by  two  great 
nations,  Americans  and  Mexicans,  united  in  friendship  by 
harmonizing  interests  and  sympathy  of  governments. 

The  intrinsic  value  of  Louisiana,  notwithstanding  the  vast 
extent  which  may  be  considered  almost  barren,  is  beyond 
calculation.  The  [240]  territory  of  Missouri  and  the  state 
of  Louisiana,  are  equal  in  extent  to  any  three  of  the  lar- 
gest states,  containing  every  variety  of  soil  and  capable  of 
producing  whatever  may  administer  to  the  convenience  or 
luxury  of  man;  rich  in  minerals,  fertile  in  soil,  and  favor- 
ably situated  for  commerce  and  manufacture. 


A  TABLE  OF  DISTANCES  =» 


From  the  mouth  of  the  Missouri  to  the  Mandan  Villages  — 
Rivers  —  Latitudes,  b°c. 


Width 

Places 

of 

rivers, 

yds. 

Side  of 
Missouri 

Distance 

Total 
Dist. 

Latitude 

St.  Charles  .... 

N.  E. 

21 

38°  59' 

Osage  river,  (Little,) 

30 

N.  E. 

20 

Charles'  creek    .     . 

20 

S.  W. 

27 

Shepherd's  creek     . 

S.  w. 

15 

Gasconade  river 

157 

S.  w. 

17 

100 

38°  45' 

Muddy  river 

50 

N.  E. 

15 

Great  Osage      .     . 

397 

S.  w. 

18 

133 

38°  31' 

Marrow  Creek 

20 

S.  w. 

5 

Cedar  Creek  and  islanc 

i 

20 

N.  E. 

7 

Lead  Mine  hill 

S.  w. 

9 

Hamilton's  creek     . 

20 

S.  w. 

8 

Split  Rock  creek 

20 

N.  E. 

8 

170 

Saline  or  Salt  river 

30 

S.  w. 

3 

Manitoo  river    . 

30 

N.  E. 

9 

Good  Woman's  river 

35 

N.  E. 

9 

Mine  river    . 

70 

S.  W. 

9 

200 

1 

Arrow  prairies  . 

\ 

s.  w. 

6 

The  Charitons  .     .     . 

30 
70 

N.  E. 

14 

-■ 

Ancient  village  of  Mis- 

souri Indians,   near 

N.  E. 

16 

which,  fort  Orleans      [ 

formerly  stood   . 

[244]  Grand  River  .     . 

90 

N.  E. 

4 

240 

Snake  creek 

18 

N.  E. 

6 

Ancient   village   of   the ) 
Little  Osage  Indians     j 

S.  W. 

10 

256 

Tiger  creek  and  Island 

25 

N.  E. 

20 

A  creek  and  island 

S.  W. 

12 

Fire  prairie  and  creek  . 

s.  w. 

12 

'•  By  comparison  of  this  table  with  the  more  detailed  list  in  Lewis  and  Clark's 
Narrative  (Biddle  ed.,  Philadelphia,  1814),  ii,  pp.  462-464,  it  will  be  noticed  that 
several  changes  have  been  made  by  Brackenridge,  both  in  the  data  and  orthography, 
while  the  latitude  is  added.  From  internal  evidence,  there  is  some  reason  to 
beUeve  that  Brackenridge  had  access  to  the  original  journals  of  Lewis  and  Clark, 
but  failed  properly  to  interpret  some  of  the  proper  names  in  the  manuscript. —  Ed. 


i8ii] 


Brackenridge' s   ^Journal 


165 


Width 

Places 

of 

rivers, 

yds. 

Side  of 
Missouri 

Distance 

Total 
Dist. 

Latitude 

Fort  Clark  or  Osage     . 

S.  w. 

6 

306 

Hay  Cabin  creek     . 

20 

s.  w. 

6 

Coal  bank    . 

s.  w. 

9 

Blue  Water  river     . 

30 

s.  w. 

10 

Kansas  river 

233 

s.  w. 

9 

340 

39°  5' 

Little  river  Platte    . 

60 

N.  E. 

9 

I.  Old  Kansas  village 

s.  w. 

28 

Independence  creek 

s.  w. 

28 

2.  Old  Kansas  village 

s.  w. 

I 

St.  Michael's  prairie     . 

N.  E. 

24 

Nodawa  river    . 

70 

N.  E. 

20 

450 

39°  40' 

Loup  or  Wolf  river 

60 

s.  w. 

14 

Big  Nihema 

80 

s.  w. 

16 

Tarkio  creek 

23 

N.  E. 

3 

Nish-na-botona 

50 

N.  E. 

25 

508 

Little  Nimeha   . 

48 

s.  w. 

8 

Bald-pated  prairie  —  the  ' 

river  Nish-na-bo-tona 

is   at   this   place   not 
more  than  150  yards 

N.  E. 

23 

from  the  bank  of  the 

Missouri. 

Weeping-water  creek    . 

25 

s.  w. 

29 

River  Platte  .     .     . 

600 

s.  w. 

32 

600 

41°  4' 

Butterfly  creek 

18 

s.  w. 

3 

Moscheto  creek 

22 

N.  E. 

7 

Ancient  village  of  Ottoes 

s.  w. 

.  II 

do.         of  Ayuwas 

N.  E. 

6 

[245]          nver.     .     . 

28 

N.  E. 

II 

Council  Bluffs   .     . 

s.  w. 

12 

650 

41°  17' 

Soldier's  river    . 

40 

N.  E. 

39 

Little  Sioux 

80 

N.  E. 

44 

Bad  Spirit  river 

s.  w. 

55 

788 

A  bend  in  the  river,  20  ) 

miles  round,  and  but  > 

21 

809 

900  yards  across. 

An  island  3  miles  N.  E. 
of  Floyd's  village. 

0       £ 

27 

836 

Floyd's  river  and  bluff 

35 

N.  E. 

14 

850 

Big  Sioux  river        .     . 

no 

N.  E. 

3 

853 

38°  48' 

Commencement   of   the  ) 

Cobell,      Alum,     and  > 

s.  w. 

27 

880 

Copperas  bluffs  .     .    ) 

i66 


Rarly  Western  Travels 


[Vol.  6 


Width 

Places 

of 

rivers, 

yds. 

Side  of 
Missouri 

Distance 

Total 
Dist. 

Latitude 

Hot  or  Burning  bluffs  . 

S.  W. 

30 

White  Stone  river   . 

30 

N.  E. 

8 

An    old    village    at   the"^ 

mouth  of  Little  Bow  > 

s.  w. 

20 

creek                             j 

River  a  Jaque  or  James  R. 

90 

N.  E. 

12 

950 

42°  53' 

Calumet  bluff    .     .     . 

s.  w. 

13 

Ancient  fortification,       \ 
Good  Man's  Isle          ) 

s.  w. 

13 

976 

Plumb  creek 

12 

N.  E. 

10 

White  Paint  creek  . 

28 

s.  w. 

8 

Qui  Courre  creek    . 

150 

s.  w. 

6 

1000 

Poncas  river  and  village 

30 

s.  w. 

10 

The  village  of  dog  prair. 

s.  w. 

20 

The  island  Cedar    . 

40 

White  River   .     .     . 

300 

s.  w. 

60 

II30 

The  3  rivers  of  the  Sioux 

36 

N.  E. 

22 

An  island  in  the  upper ") 
part  of  the  Big  Bend     ) 

s.  w. 

20 

[246]  Upper  part  of  the'S 

Big  Bend,  the  gorge  I i  - 

s.  w. 

30 

mile  across 

Tyler's  river      .     .     . 

35 

s.  w. 

6 

1208 

L'Oiselle's  post.   Cedar  | 
island                            j 

18 

44°  12' 

Titon  river 

70 

s.  w. 

37 

The  upper  part  of  five  old  " 

record  villages  of  Ari-  1 

s.  w. 

karas,  reduced  by  the  [ 

42 

Sioux 

Chienne  river 

400 

s.  w. 

5 

13IO 

44°  20' 

Old  record  village   . 

47 

Ser-war-cerna    . 

90 

s.  w. 

40 

1397 

Waterhoo     .... 

120 

s.  w. 

25 

1422 

45°  35' 

Old  village  on  an  island 

s.  w. 

4 

Arikara,  2  villages 

s.  w. 

4 

Stone  Idol  creek     .     . 

18 

N.  E. 

18 

Warecore     .... 

35 

N.  E. 

40 

Cannon-ball  river    . 

140 

s.  w. 

12 

1500 

46°  29' 

Old  Mandan  village     . 

s.  w. 

40 

do.            ... 

s.  w. 

40 

Mandan  village 

s.  w. 

20 

1600 

47°  13' 

Company's  Fort 

40 

1640 

THE   END